Home
        UM EN MGUARD DEVICES - Innominate Security Technologies AG
         Contents
1.         Figure 2 1 mGuard rs4000 Switch mGuard rs2000 Switch    Innominate Security Technologies 33    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Reset button   LEDs  see Table 2 2  DMZ port   WAN port   LAN port  protected   LAN port  LAN port  LAN port  protected     Plug in screw terminal  blocks  for assignment  refer  to page 39 and page 41    protected            protected        Slot for optional SD card       a interface     bottom     Figure 2 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 Switch    Table 2 2 LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 Switch and mGuard rs2000 Switch    P2    Green  On   Power supply 2 is active  mGuard rs2000 Switch  not used   Stat   Green Flashing Heartbeat  The device is correctly connected and operating     Flashing System error  Restart the device       Press the reset button shortly  for 1 5 seconds          Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it  again     If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see page 47  or contact  your dealer     Stat   Err Flashing alternately    Boot process  When the device has been connected to the power supply  After a  green and red few seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state   Mod    Green  On   Connection via modem established    On The signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted logic   The signal output  is inactive during a restart        34 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs400
2.         e   Serial V 24   Reset button   gt  Ethernet LAN  ea        USB  2  a  Ethernet WAN       Serial V 24 Mg    V 24 __  _        Ground connection    Figure 13 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the EAGLE mGuard    Table 13 2 LEDs on the EAGLE mGuard    Power supply 1 or 2 is active     STATUS Green The mGuard is ready     The mGuard is starting   ing    FAULT Red  On   The signal contact is open due to an error  see    Signal contact    on page 241      LS DA 1 2 Link present    V 24 Yel    Flash    Data transfer  low ing       238     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 2 Startup    13 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      60  C      Maximum humidity  non condensing   10      95     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     13 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensu
3.        Maximum humidity  non condensing   10      95   To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     10 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         Package slip       19  mGuard bladebase       AnmGuard blade as the controller       Two power supply units       Two power cables       12 place holders       12 labeling plates M1 to M12       Screws for mounting the mGuard bladebase    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 183    m Guard blade    10 3 Installation of mGuard blade    mGuard bladebase mGuard blade    Power supply switch P1 and P2            Handling plates       Screws          O    mGuard blade 1 to 12    Control unit  CTRL   Power supply P1 and P2       Power supply connection P1 and P2    Figure 10 3 Installation of mGuard blade    NOTE  Always ensure sufficient air circulation for the BladePack     If several BladePacks are stacked  one or more inches of fan trays must be installed to  discharge the accumulated warm air        Installation of mGuard bladebase        Install the mGuard bladebase in the rack  e g   close to the patch field         Fit the two power supplies and the control unit with the handling plates    P1        P2     and     Ctrl    on the front from left to right         Connect both p
4.       90  during operation  non condensing    10      90  out of service    Degree of protection Front IP20  Temperature range 0  C      50  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage   Dimensions  H x W x D  88 x 482 x 472 mm  2 HE x 19    x 18 58    Weight 10 kg    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility mGuard 7 1 or later  Innominate recommends using the latest patch releases   For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Data throughput  router   firewall  2000 Mbps bidirectional   2000 Mbps bidirectional   Hardware based encryption DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   Encrypted VPN throughput 600 Mbps bidirectional    AES 256    Management support Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software   Diagnostics LEDs  1 x Power  1 x HDD    Boot menu   Log File   Remote Syslog   Other   Conformance CE  developed according to UL requirements    214     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 m Guard industrial rs    115007_en_02    Table 12 1 Available mGuard industrial rs versions    mGuard industrial rs HW 105000  mGuard industrial rs Analog HW 105010    The mGuard industrial rs can be used as a firewall VPN router via Ethernet or via serial  dial up connections  It is available in three device versions         With integrated modem      With integrated ISDN terminal adapter      Without these devices       The mGuard industrial rs is suitable for 
5.      Connecting the mGuard blade         Computer in the patch  Patch field    Switch       mGuard blade       Before After    Figure 10 4 Connecting the mGuard blade to the network    NOTE  If your computer is already connected to a network  patch the mGuard blade be   tween the existing network connection     Please note that configuration can only be completed from the local computer via the LAN  interface and that the firewall of the mGuard blocks all IP data traffic from the WAN to the  LAN interface     Driver installation is not required     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration        115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 185    m Guard blade    Serial port    NOTE  The serial interface  RJ12 socket  must not be connected directly to telecommu   nications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a serial cable with    RJ12 plug  The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m        The serial port  serial interface  can be used as follows     To configure the mGuard via the serial interface  There are two options         APCisconnected directly to the serial interface of the mGuard  via the serial interface  of the PC   The PC user can then use a terminal program to configure the mGuard via  the command line         Alternatively  a modem may be connected to the serial interface of the mGuard  This  modem is connected to the telephone network  fixed line
6.      Klicken Sie auf  Fertig stellen   um den Yorgang abzuschlieBen     Abbrechen              lt  Zuruck       Figure 9 8 Driver installation under Windows XP    1  After inserting the data carrier  select the    Install from a list or specific location  Ad   vanced     option and click    Next       2  Click    Next      Click    Continue Anyway      4  Click    Finish       wo    166     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    Under Windows 2000    e After installing the hardware  switch on the computer   e Log on with administrator rights and wait until the following window appears     1 Found New Hardware Wizard a 2 Found New Hardware Wizard i    Welcome to the Found New a e oe           device driver is a software program that enables a hardware device to work with Sy  Hardware Wizard an operating system           This wizard helps you install a device driver for a    This wizard will complete the installation for this device   hardware device     Hg Innominate mGuardPCI    4 device driver is a software program that makes a hardware device work  Windows  needs driver files for your new device  To locate driver files and complete the  installation click Next     What do you want the wizard to do       Search for a suitable driver for my device  recommended        Display a list of the known drivers for this device so that   can choose a specific  driver    To continue  click Next           Cancel   Cancel      4 Found New Hardware Wizard q         
7.     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 9 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows   e Start a web browser     e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult     In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 9 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 176      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Lo
8.     Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Drives   Redundancy options  Power supply   Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    mGuard delta    Technical data    Intel network processor  with 533 MHz clocking    4 LAN ports  unmanaged switches   1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  D SUB 9 connector   Depending on the firmware used   External power supply unit 5 V 3 A  DC   110 V     230 V  AC  4 5 W  typical   5      95  during operation  non condensing   IP20    0  C      40  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage     30 x 239 x 156 mm  1300 g    mGuard v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   70 Mbps bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    7 LEDs  Power  Status  WAN  LAN 1     4  I log file   remote syslog    CE   FCC    Innominate Security Technologies 155    mGuard delta    156 Innominate Security Tec
9.     Operating a connected  on off switch    Functional earth ground    The functional earth ground can be used by the operator  This connection is electrically con   nected to the back of the mGuard industrial rs  The mGuard industrial rs is grounded when  itis mounted on a DIN rail with the metal clamp  which connects the back of the device to  the DIN rail  The DIN rail must be grounded     Signal contact    WARNING  Only SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to EN 60950 1 may be  connected to the signal contact     The signal contact monitors the mGuard industrial rs and thus enables remote diagnostics   Interruption of the contact via the floating signal contact  relay contact  closed current cir   cuit  indicates the following         Failure of at least one of the two supply voltages         Power supply of the mGuard industrial rs below the specified limit value  Supply voltage  1 and or 2 is less than 9 V      The faulty link status of at least one port  The link status message for each port can be  masked on the mGuard industrial rs via the management software     By default upon delivery  there is no connection monitoring       Error during selftest     During a restart  the signal contact is interrupted until the mGuard has started up complete   ly  This also applies when the signal contact is manually set to    Closed    in the software con   figuration     Service contacts    WARNING  The service contacts  _ _  CMD  ACK  must not be connected to an ext
10.     The software you are about to install does not contain a  Microsoft digital signature  Therefore  there is no  guarantee that this software works correctly with    Windows     Innominate mGuardPCl    If you want to search for Microsoft digitally signed  software  visit the Windows Update Web site at  http    windowsupdate  microsoft com to see if one is  available     Do you want to continue the installation        x       No   More Info      6    Found New Hardware Wizard          Completing the Found New  Hardware Wizard    Ha Innominate mGuardPCl    Windows has finished installing the software for this device     To close this wizard  click Finish        Figure 9 10 Driver installation under Windows 2000  2     5  Click    Yes      6  Click    Finish        Under Linux    The Linux driver is available in the source code and must be compiled before use       First set up and compile the Linux kernel  2 4 25  in the directory     usr src linux        Extract the drivers from the ZIP to the directory  usr src pci driver      Execute the following commands     cd  usr src pci driver    make LINUXDIR  usr src linux  install  m0644 mguard o  lib modules 2 4 25 kernel drivers net     depmod  a        The driver can now be loaded with the following command     modprobe mguard    168 Innominate Security Technologies    115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    9 4 Preparing the configuration    9 4 1 Connection requirements    mGuard pci    For local configuration  The comp
11.     e If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     24 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Explanation     115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 1 5 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     Innominate Security Technologies 25    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    1 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted  
12.    7 5 Establishing a local Configuration CONNECTION               ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaes 133   7 6 Remote COMM OUPATION  rssicon nna aa aaite oiai 135   7 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeees 136   7 8 Performing a restan aeiee a a a E a 136   7 9 ESC TAG Uy CAL esmera a tatinetn teresa centises 141   FUNG CSU  esns eel rise ein ttae ees dc Casta eet leat oes aA caine S 143  8 1 Operating elements and  LEDS   isis iisenseicctennttin nie Ratan teas 144   8 2 5  Ke  90     geet nC RNnEnen reenter peace rte tence htt nthe er Rete Renee eee meer ene eet neke Seen et ent nen onee et etre 145   8 3 Connecting the mMGUard Celta scsisveicscas heatecti resi a aveee  146   8 4 Preparing the CONPIQUIATION              cecceceeeeeeeeeceaeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeaaaneeeesesaaaeeeeeeeeaas 147   8 5 Establishing a local Configuration CONNECTION               ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeenaas 149   8 6 Remote COM QUIPATION wiser taientetcecdetl ect a ees A a 151   Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Table of contents    8 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccseseeeeeseeeeeeees 152  8 8 Technical dalare i ta ntandavanchinsetaetiatacaeatiesebtcateecss 155  T MOJ OC eaaa a team sect ence unen Seccen ee taetee  157  9 1 Operating elements and LEDS              ccccccsseeeeeeceeseseeeeeeeeaaseeeeseeaaaaeeeeessaaaneeeees 158  9 2 ML E   o cerca EEEE A ees etc as se stee
13.    As the first primary partition  the USB storage medium must have a VFAT file system  and must contain the same files in the same folders  as stored on the CD  In addition to  this  as is the case for a CD  the specified files can be located in the Rescue Config  folder    Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the connected USB storage  medium  With this in mind  while the boot menu is displayed and before applying this  selection at the very latest  connect the USB storage medium containing the firmware  to the USB interface   For security reasons  the mGuard centerport does not boot from  the USB storage medium      Once the rescue procedure is complete  a corresponding message appears on the  monitor  Follow any further on screen instructions     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 206    Burning mGuard firmware to CD ROM    The firmware for the mGuard can be burnt to CD  A zip file is available for download from  the download page of www innominate com        The content of this zip archive can be burnt as a data CD  The following files must be located  in the following folders under the following path names on the CD          Firmware install x86_64 p7s    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport        Firmware firmware img x86_64 p7s    In the case of the file install x86_64 p7s  ensure that the file version that Innominate has de   clared for use for the rescue
14.    Configuration    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 67    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing t
15.    Figure 10 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard blade    Table 10 2 mGuard blade    WAN  LAN Red Flashing Boot process  When the computer is started or restarted     Flashing System error  Restart the device   e Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds      If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see    Performing a re   covery procedure    on page 193  or contact your dealer     WAN  LAN Green On or flash    Ethernet status  Indicates the status of the LAN or WAN interface  As soon as  ing the device is connected  a continuous light indicates that there is a connection  to the network partner     When data packets are transmitted  the LED goes out briefly   Red gree   Various LED   Recovery mode  After pressing the Reset button   n    light codes    See    Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 192       182     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 2 Startup    10 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature    5  C      40  C 
16.    IP Assignment Tool     The program opens and the start screen of the addressing tool appears     The program is mainly in English  However  the program buttons change according to the  country specific settings     The start screen displays the IP address of the PC  This helps when addressing the mGuard  in the subsequent steps   e     Click on    Next        Step 3     IP Address Request Listener       All devices sending a BootP request are listed in the window which opens  These devices  are waiting for a new IP address     Phoenix Contact   IP Assignment Tool    IP Address Request Listener  Please select a MAC Address     The list box below displays all MAC Addresses that we have received BOOTP requests From     MAC Address Last Request Time    00 430 45 04 08 a3 2 14 33 06    If you do not see the Mac address of the device you are looking For  try cycling power to that  device       Show Only Phoenix Contact Devices    Abbrechen    Figure 14 1    IP Address Request Listener    window    In this example  the mGuard has MAC ID 00 A0 45 04 08 A3    e Select the device to which you would like to assign an IP address   e Click on    Next       Step 4     Set IP address       The following information is displayed in the window which opens        P address of the PC    Innominate Security Technologies 255    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers        MAC address of the selected device       P parameters of the selected device    IP address  subnet mask  
17.    NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the device during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e Hold down the reset button until the Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs light up green  The device  then is in rescue status    e Release the reset button within one second of entering rescue status   If the reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the rescue system  It first searches for an inserted SD card and  for the relevant firmware there  If the mGuard does not find an SD card  it searches for  a DHCP server via the LAN interface in order to obtain an IP address   The Stat LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual operating system and is  signed electronically  Only files signed by the manufacturer are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The Stat LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3
18.    e If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 83    mGuard delta     After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation  As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 4 4 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass        words during initial configuration     84 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option f
19.    full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  internal connector  128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash SD card   replaceable configuration memory  Optional  VPN   router    3 3 Vor5V  via PCI  mGuard pci  SD  or PCI Express bus  mGuard pcie  SD     Typical  3 7 W     4 2 W   5      95  during operation and storage  non condensing  Depending on installation type and on the host system  0  C      70  C  operation     20  C      70  C  storage    0  C      60  C  operation     20  C      60  C  storage    950 mm X 18 mm X 130 mm    729g    For mGuard v7 5 0 or later  Innominate recommends the use of the latest  firmware version and patch releases in each case     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  99 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  50 Mbps  DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  35 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  25 Mbps    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  2 x LAN  2 x WAN in combination  for Ethernet status and speed  1  LED for Power  Error  State  Fault  Info    log file   remote syslog    CE   FCC    Realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    temperature sensor    mGuard Remote Services Portal ready    Innominate Security Technologies 107    mGuard pci
20.    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e Hold down the Reset button until the LEDs light up green  Then  the mGuard is in the  recovery state    e Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   The middle LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The three green LEDs form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The middle LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes    e As soon as the procedure is complete  all LEDs flash green simultaneously    e Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button   Alternatively  you can disconnect and insert the USB cable  as 
21.   128 Mbyte RAM   128 Mbyte Flash 128 Mbyte RAM   128 Mbyte Flash  SD card SD card   Replaceable configuration memory Replaceable configuration memory    Optional  VPN   router and firewall     Voltage range 11     36 VDC  redundant Voltage range 11    36 V DC  Typical  lt  200 mA  24 V DC    Typical  lt  200 mA  24 V DC     Maximum  lt  800 mA  10 V DC  Maximum  lt  800 mA  10 V DC     5      95   operation  storage   non con  5     95   operation  storage   non con   densing densing    IP20 IP20   20  C      60  C  operation   20  C      60  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage   20  C      70  C  storage     130 mm x 45 mm x 114 mm 130 mm x 45 mm x 114 mm   up to DIN rail support   up to DIN rail support     835 g 835 g    m Guard rs4000 Switch m Guard rs2000 Switch  Firmware 8 1 5  Innominate recommends the use of the latest firmware version and  patch releases in each case    For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  99 Mbps  maximum  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  50 Mbps  maximum    When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible data  throughput is distributed to the three zones     IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 250 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 2 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 1 92 256    Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  35 Mbps  
22.   24V OV  24V0V  24 V OV       Jl          Al    top view   top view     3 g  H                 z    Q        W  J J    a 1 4 Connecting the supply OS    Service 2  Service 2              1    ey   CM   4  4    The mGuard rs4000 has a redundant supply voltage  If you only connect one supply volt   age  you will get an error message     e Remove the plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply and the service con   tacts     e Do not connect the service contacts to an external voltage source   e Wire the supply voltage lines with the corresponding screw terminal block  P1 P2  of  the mGuard  Tighten the screws on the screw terminal blocks with 0 5     0 8 Nm     e     Insert the screw terminal blocks into the intended sockets on the top of the mGuard  see  Figure 1 4      Status LED P1 lights up green when the supply voltage has been connected properly  On  the mGuard rs4000  the status indicator P2 also lights up if there is a redundant supply volt   age connection     The mGuard boots the firmware  Status STAT LED flashes green  The mGuard is ready for  operation as soon as the Ethernet socket LEDs light up  Additionally  status LEDs P1 P2  light up green and the status STAT LED flashes green at heartbeat     Redundant voltage supply  mGuard rs4000     A redundant supply voltage can be connected  Both inputs are isolated  The load is not dis   tributed  With a redundant supply  the power supply unit with the higher output voltage sup   plies the mGuard rs4000 alone  Th
23.   If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 95     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e     If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 101    mGuard pci  SD    Explanation     After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Fi
24.   SD    108     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 mGuard smart  smart    115007_en_02    Table 6 1 Available mGuard smart    mGuard smart versions    mGuard smart  VPN BD 101030    The mGuard smart  is the smallest device version  For example  it can be inserted be   tween the computer or local network and an available router  without having to make con   figuration changes or perform driver installations on the existing system  It is designed for  instant use in the office or when traveling        The mGuard smart    is a further development of the mGuard smart  To aid understanding   mGuard smart  is mostly used for the two device versions in this user manual  The proper   ties described also apply to the mGuard smart  Differences from the mGuard smart are in   dicated  if applicable        Figure 6 1 mGuard smart     Innominate Security Technologies 109    mGuard smart  smart    6 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Reset button     Located in the opening   Can be pressed with a  straightened paper clip   for example         LED1 LED2  LED3    Figure 6 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard smart     Table 6 2 LEDs on the mGuard smart     Green O LAN  connection to the network partner is present   Flashing   LAN  data transmission is active  Red gree   Flashing   Boot process  When the device has just been connected to the power supply  After a  n few seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state     Flashing   Heartbeat  The de
25.   Signal contact  signal out   put     Service contacts up to firmware version 8 0    The push button or on off switch is used to establish and release a predefined VPN connec   tion     The output indicates the status of the VPN connection  in the web interface under    IPsec  VPN  gt  gt  Global  gt  gt  Options         e Toestablish the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the INFO  LED flashes  Only then release the button     Flashing indicates that the mGuard has received the command to establish the VPN  connection and is establishing the VPN connection  As soon as the VPN connection is  established  the INFO LED remains lit continuously     e Torelease the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the signal  output flashes or goes out  Only then release the button     As soon as the INFO LED goes out  the VPN connection is released     e To establish the VPN connection  set the switch to the ON position   e To release the VPN connection  set the switch to the OFF position     If the INFO LED does not light up  this generally indicates that the defined VPN connection  is not present  Either the VPN connection was not established or it has failed due to an error     If the INFO LED is illuminated  the VPN connection is present   If the INFO LED is flashing  the VPN connection is being established or released     The signal contact monitors the function of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 and thus enables re   mote diagnostics     The 
26.   be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe      Notes for BootP    During initial startup  the mGuard transmits BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  The product can then no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed     Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     246 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 13 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Manageme
27.   for  connecting to the external  network Internet    F t   MG   ji p     ih Nf    i    Hy   W  e Ne    Figure 5 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard pci  SD    Table 5 2 LEDs on the mGuard pci  SD     reds  sme fme OOOO    WAN 1   Green Full duplex  LAN 1    Half duplex    Oon  Off  WAN 2   Yellow  On   10 Mbps  LAN 2 ao 10 Mbps  data transmission active  ing  Green O 100 Mbps  E Flash    100 Mbps  data transmission active  ing    LAN 1   Various LED light Recovery procedure flashing    LAN 2   codes  WAN 1    STAT   Red green   Flash    Boot process  When the device has just been connected to the power supply  After a few  ng seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state     See    Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 104     i  Heartbeat  The mGuard is connected correctly and ready to operate   ing    Flash    System error  Restart the device    ing e Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds    e Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it again   If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see    Performing a recovery proce   dure    on page 105  or contact your dealer     92 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02       mGuard pci  SD    5 2 Startup    5 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  O
28.   select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 12 5      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 233      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 225     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e  f other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration ha
29.  115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 mQGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    115007_en_02    Table 2 1 Available mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch versions    mGuard rs4000 4TX TX HW 107020    mGuard rs4000 4TX TX VPN BD 702000  mGuard rs2000 5TX TX VPN HW 108020    The mGuard rs4000 Switch is suitable for distributed protection of production cells or in   dividual machines against manipulation        lt features a 4 port managed LAN switch  one WAN port and one DMZ port  and a serial in   terface     The serial interface can be switched to the WAN interface as redundancy path  for example   A dedicated DMZ port with its own firewall rules enables segmentation and differentiated  safety concepts  You can integrate automation devices with serial interfaces into networks   as a COM server is integrated     For software independent remote maintenance  the mGuard rs4000 Switch can be used as  a VPN router for up to 250 parallel  IPSec encrypted VPN tunnels     The mGuard rs2000 Switch is a version with basic firewall and can be used as a VPN cli   ent for up to two parallel   Psec encrypted VPN tunnels  It is suitable for secure remote  maintenance applications and enables connection of globally distributed machines and  controllers     Both versions support a replaceable configuration memory in the form of an SD card  To in   crease safety  VPN connections can be switched on or off via a switch contact or software  interface  The fanless metal housing is mounted on a DIN rail   
30.  1300408 upper memory     Boot rootfsi1   Boot rootfsz   Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfel   Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfs2   start rescue procedure via DHCP BOOTP TFTP   start rescue procedure from CD   DUD  USB stick or SD Card_    Use the T and   keys to select which entry is highlighted   Press enter to boot the selected 05 or    p    to enter a  password to unlock the next set of features        Figure 7 4 mGuard centerport  boot menu    To select and apply one of the boot options  proceed as follows   1  Select one of the displayed options with the direction keys    or na  2  Then press the Enter button     Boot options Boot rootfs1  Start the primary firmware version on the device  A   This is the default setting  it is ap   plied if the user does not intervene during startup   Boot rootfs2    Not supported by the current firmware version     Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfs1    If required  checks and repairs all firmware file systems    This menu item is only to be used in special cases when the user has the appropriate  knowledge or upon instruction from the dealer support team  The mGuard firmware  checks and repairs the file systems  if required  even during the normal startup process   The firmware uses its file systems in a highly robust manner when the mass storage de   vice cache is switched off  so that there is not usually any need for repairs     Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfs2    Not supported by
31.  255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly   4 5 2 IP address https   1 1 1 1     In order for the mGuard to be addressed via address https   1 1 1 1   it must be connected  to a configured network interface  This is the case if it is connected in an existing network  connection and if the default gateway can be accessed via the WAN port of the mGuard at  the same time     In this case  the web browser establishes a connection to the mGuard configuration inter   face after the address https   1 1 1 1 is entered  see    Establishing a local configuration con   nection    on page 83   Continue from this point     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via IP  address 192 168 1 1    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 81    mGuard delta     a    4 5 3 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via  IP address 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also  be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe      Notes for BootP    During initia
32.  3 Found New Hardware Wizard                Locate Driver Files a Driver Files Search Results a  Where do you want Windows to search for driver files  SY The wizard has finished searching for driver files for your hardware device  Sy  Search for driver files for the following hardware device  The wizard found a driver for the following device    Ha Innominate mGuardPCl Ha Innominate mGuardPCl  The wizard searches for suitable drivers in its driver database on your computer and in Windows found a driver for this device  To install the driver Windows found  click Next     any of the following optional search locations that you specify     To start the search  click Next  If you are searching on a floppy disk or CD ROM drive   insert the floppy disk or CD before clicking Next    d     windows     net i inf  Optional search locations  P i    T Floppy disk drives       l Specify a location    Microsoft Windows Update                Cancel          lt  Back Cancel         Figure 9 9 Driver installation under Windows 2000  1     1   2   3   4     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 167    Click    Next       Select    Search for a suitable driver for my device  recommended     and click    Next      Select    Specify a location    and click    Next       Click    Next        mGuard pci       5 Digital Signature Not Found       The Microsoft digital signature affirms that software has  been tested with Windows and that the software has not  been altered since it was tested 
33.  3 to 5 minutes  The State LED is lit continuously    The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes   As soon as the procedure is complete  the Modem  State  and LAN LEDs flash green  simultaneously    Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 229      234     Innominate Security Technologies    115007_en_02    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces    Drives   Redundancy options  Power supply   Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    Technical data    Intel network processor  with 533 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  RJ11 socket     Optional analog modem   optional ISDN TA   Depending on the firmware used   24 V DC I 170 mA   SELV   redundant   voltage range 9 V   36 V  4 1 W  typical   10      95  during operation  non condensing   IP20    0  C      55  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage     100 x 45x 112 mm  250g    mGua
34.  BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  The product can then no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed     Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     Innominate Security Technologies 23    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    1 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 1 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    mGuard rs4000 https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1   mGuard rs2000 httos   1 1 1 1  httos   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard ma
35.  CMDACK TIPRING                Figure 12 11 Reset button  12 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings     Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the middle LED lights up red    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      232 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 12 6 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard industrial rs httos   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients            The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active          Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting        The curr
36.  Heartbeat  The device is correctly connected and operating   in    If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see    Performing a recovery pro     Flash    System error  Restart the device    ing     Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds         Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it again   cedure    on page 233  or contact your dealer     Flashing alter  Boot process  When the device has just been connected to the power supply  After a  nately  greenand   few seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state     Ethernet status  Indicates the status of the LAN or WAN port  As soon as the device  is connected to the relevant network  a continuous light indicates that there is a connec   tion to the network partner in the LAN or WAN  When data packets are transmitted  the  LED goes out briefly        216     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 2 Startup    12 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      5
37.  IGuard    Configuration of the mGuard Security Appliances  Hardware Reference Manual    j    A  af   yh  Pwl  il          j    W       j P  a    fy g    ov       Innominate    Security Technologies    User manual    Installing and starting up the mGuard hardware    Designation  UM EN MGUARD DEVICES    Revision  02    Order No          2015 07 24    This user manual is valid for the following devices of the mGuard product range         MGuard rs4000 rs2000      rs4000 TX TX       rs4000 TX TX VPN       rs2000 TX TX VPN      MGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch       rs4000 4TX TX       rs4000 4TX TX VPN        rs2000 5TX TX VPN      mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G       rs4000 4TX 3G TX VPN       rs2000 4TX 3G VPN    Innominate Security Technologies    mGuard smart  smart  mGuard pci  SD  mGuard pcie  SD  mGuard pci  mGuard blade  mGuard delta   mGuard delta  mGuard centerport   mGuard centerport  mGuard industrial rs  EAGLE mGuard    115007_en_02    Please observe the following notes    Target group of this user manual    The use of products described in this manual is aimed exclusively at qualified electricians  or persons instructed by them  who are familiar with applicable national standards and other  regulations regarding electrical engineering and  in particular  the relevant safety concepts     Explanation of symbols used and signal words    This symbol indicates hazards that could lead to personal injury  Obey all safety  A N measures that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury 
38.  If the supply voltage is not redundant  the EAGLE mGuard indicates the failure of the supply  voltage  This message can be prevented by feeding the supply voltage via both inputs     Ground connection    e To ground the EAGLE mGuard  a separate screw connection is available     Serial port    WARNING  The serial interface  RJ12 socket  must not be connected directly to the tele     communications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a serial cable  with RJ12 plug  The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m        The serial port  serial interface  can be used as follows     To configure the mGuard via the serial interface  There are two options         APCisconnected directly to the serial interface of the mGuard  via the serial interface  of the PC   The PC user can then use a terminal program to configure the mGuard via  the command line         Oramodem is connected to the serial interface of the mGuard  This modem is connect   ed to the telephone network  fixed line or GSM network   The user of a remote PC   which is also connected to the telephone network by a modem  can then establish a  PPP  Point to Point Protocol  dial up connection to the mGuard and configure it via a  web browser     To manage data traffic via the serial interface instead of via the WAN interface of the  m Guard  In this case  a modem should be connected to the serial interface     Not used Pin 6  CTS Pin 5  TXD Pin 4  RTS Pin3  RXD Pin 2  GND Pin 1       Figure 13 4
39.  If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The device is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration computer     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The device can be accessed via the following address     Table 2 3 Preset address    Default setting Network mode Management IP  1  mGuard rs2000 Switch https   192 168 1 1        mGuard rs4000 Switch https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the device may be more difficult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the device completely into the address line of the web browser  re   fer to Table 2 3      You access the administrator website of the device   If the administrator web page of the device cannot be accessed    If the address of the device in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different  value  and the current address is not known  the device must be reset to the default settings  specified ab
40.  Pin assignment of the RJ12 socket  serial port     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 241    EAGLE mGuard    Mounting    The device is ready to operate when it is supplied  The recommended sequence for mount    ing is as follows    e Pull out the terminal block from the EAGLE mGuard and wire the supply voltage lines  and signal lines     e Mount the EAGLE mGuard on a grounded 35 mm DIN rail according to EN 60715     Yy       Ez    Figure 13 5 EAGLE mGuard  DIN rail mounting          e Attach the top snap on foot of the EAGLE mGuard to the DIN rail and then press the  EAGLE m Guard down towards the DIN rail until it engages with a click     e Connect the device to the local network or the local computer to be protected  LAN      e Via the socket for connection to the external network  establish the connection to the  external network  e g   Internet  Connections to the remote device or network are estab   lished via this network     e The front plate of the EAGLE mGuard housing is grounded via the ground connection     Network connection    NOTE  If your computer is already connected to a network  patch the EAGLE mGuard be   tween the existing network connection     Please note that configuration can only be completed via the LAN interface and that the  firewall of the EAGLE mGuard blocks all IP data traffic from the WAN to the LAN interface     Driver installation is not required     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator 
41.  Techmeal dalasi E ENEA 195  i mMmoOuardecemeporn renren E E A eet Maeda 197  11 1 Operating elements and LEDS            ssseensnesesennnneeerernnrrresrrtnrrenrrtnrrnnrrnrnnennrrrneeee 198  TEZ OaD a a a a e em nee ee 199  11 3 Installing and booting mGuard CeENterPOrt              cccccseeeeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeseneeeeessaaeees 200  11 4 Preparing the configuration              ssseseeennsnseeennrnrersrrnrrrestrtrrrenrntnntennnnnnrennnnnnenee 204  11 5 Establishing a local configuration connection              sssssssssessesrrrrrsesrrrrrreserrnnreee 206  11 6 Remo     teconfig  ratiOnN seiis ain aii opentouaseoncseistuecseuatnnuescenrcosastaehenee  208  11 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              c cccccsseeeeeeeeeeees 209  11 8  Pe  rformnga restan erreien e E 209  VT Techncaldald cese e r satan nantasante Oe tuncoetnecaeant 214  12  Mauad GUSTIN AUS sosciss one siecdeee sation O E 215  12 1 Operating elements and LEDS wssci iivensiniictenrthetnsn in dae ie eeiona on eh 216  Aaa   g  0  One eee reros terete Renee cnt ete Onn oie nn ee bir ere eeneen ete RPee bere eke teen tre eae rer Serer net ere 217  12 3   Installation of MGuard industrial rs   1 0 0    eee cece eee eeee cece eeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaaeees 218  12 4 Preparing the CONFIQUIATION            ccccceeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeeeeeaaaeees 225  12 5 Configuration in Stealth MOdC          ce cccceceeeseeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeeeaaaees 226  12 6 E
42.  The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     26 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware   The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states        Performing a restart        Performing a recovery procedure      Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Reset button       Figure 1 6 Reset button    1 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the config
43.  as a fixed management IP address     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1 or after IP address assignment via BootP  the FL  MGUARD can no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1        80 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Stealth mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        a    With a configured network  interface    To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255
44.  button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   The red LAN LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The green LEDs and the red LAN LED form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The green LEDs flash  while the red LAN  LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes     e As soon as the procedure has been completed  the mGuard restarts     The m Guard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 189      194 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Drives   Redundancy options  Power supply    Power consum
45.  connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     Click on    Properties       Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        Click on    Properties        First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     m       Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 5 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 8 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard delta Router      SSSS      inttp sf 190 168 1 41    Proceed as follows   e Start a web browser     e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishmen
46.  erating mode of the mGuard is referred to as Power over PCI mode     A driver is not installed     9 3 1 Driver mode    In this mode  a driver for the PCI interface of the mGuard pci  available for Windows  XP 2000 and Linux  must be installed later on the computer  In Driver mode  no additional  network card is required for the computer     160 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    Stealth mode in Driver mode  default setting     In Driver mode  the LAN  Ethernet socket is switched  off     The LAN interface of the  mGuard is occupied inter   nally by the host computer        Figure 9 3 Driver mode  Stealth mode    In Stealth mode  the mGuard behaves like a normal network card     The IP address that is configured for the network interface of the operating system  LAN  port  is also used by the mGuard for its WAN port  This means that the mGuard does not  appear as a separate device with its own address for data traffic to and from the computer     In Stealth mode  PPPoE and PPTP cannot be used     Router mode in Driver mode    Operating system    192 168 1 2    z a 192 168 1 1     a     External IP               C     o    ar e    ma    IN                           HS ya ye                      Figure 9 4 Driver mode  Router mode    If the mGuard is in Router mode  or PPPoE or PPTP mode   it essentially creates its own  network with the operating system of the computer in which the mGuard is installed     Innominate Security Technol
47.  flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements    NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer        Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Technical data    on page 253      NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     Action    Q NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e Hold down the Reset button until the 1  2  and V 24 LEDs light up  Then  the mGuard is  in the recovery state    e Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   The 1  2  and V 24 LEDs light up orange   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The 1  2  and V 24 LEDs form a running
48.  in screw terminal    blocks  assignment  refer to  Page 16 and Page 19  Connections below     AE LEDs  see Table 1 2    Configuration   SD card        Figure 1 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard rs4000    Table 1 2 LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 and mGuard rs2000    Power supply 1 is active  Power supply 2 is active  mGuard rs2000  not used   Heartbeat  The device is correctly connected and operating     System error  Restart the device        Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds         Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it  again     If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see Page 28  or contact your  dealer     Flashing alter  Boot process  When the device has just been connected to the power supply  After  nately  green and   afew seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state      Not used     The signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted logic   see Page 17 or  Page 18   The signal output is inactive during a restart     Connection via modem established       12 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Table 1 2    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 and mGuard rs2000          Green   On    Flashing    Green   On    Up to firmware version 8 0  the configured VPN connection has been established    As of firmware version 8 1  the configured VPN connections are established or the  firewall rule records defined at output O1 are activated    Up to firm
49.  inputs outputs  in   serted     3 2 3 mGuard Firmware        The device must be operated with mGuard Firmware version 8 0 or higher     54 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Mounting    Removal    115007_en_02    Q    mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 Installation of mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 1 Mounting removal    NOTE  Device damage  Only mount and remove devices when the power supply is disconnected     The device is ready to operate when it is supplied  The recommended sequence for mount   ing and connection is as follows   e Mount the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G on a grounded 35 mm DIN rail according to   DIN EN 60715              Figure 3 3 Mounting the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G on a DIN rail    e Attach the top snap on foot of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G to the DIN rail and then  press the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G down towards the DIN rail until it engages with a  click     e Remove or disconnect the connections     e Toremove the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G from the DIN rail  insert a screwdriver hori   zontally in the locking slide under the housing  pull it down     without tilting the screw   driver     and then pull up the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G     Innominate Security Technologies 55    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 2 Connecting to the network    NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the 
50.  into the socket strip     Tighten the card slot plate   Close the computer cover again   Connect the computer power cable again and switch on the computer     9 3 4 Installing drivers    Driver installation is only required and supported if the mGuard pci is operating in driver  mode  see    Driver mode    on page 160      If necessary  follow the steps described in    Installing the hardware    on page 164   You should have the driver files on a data carrier     If not     Download the driver files from the download area at www innominate com   Extract the files from the ZIP   Copy the extracted files to a data carrier  e g   CD ROM  USB memory stick        Innominate Security Technologies 165    mGuard pci    Under Windows XP    e After installing the hardware  switch on the computer   e Log on with administrator rights and wait until the following window appears     2 Assistent fiir das Suchen neuer Hardware    Wahlen Sie die Such  und Installationsoptionen  ata    S                 Assistent fiir das Suchen neuer Hardware       1       Willkommen       Mit diesem Assistenten k  nnen Sie Software fur die folgende  Hardwarekomponente installieren 8   j  E     e ee ee olin tesnsterensosssstastssseissccevetss ASEEN AEEA ONAE  Verwenden Sie die Kontrollk  stchen  um die Standardsuche zu erweitern oder   einzuschr  nken  Lokale Pfade und Wechselmedien sind in der Standardsuche mit    einbegriffen  Der zutreffendste Treiber wird installiert     Ethernet Controller    C  Falls d
51.  is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     8 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 8 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard delta Router     httpsmn92 168 1 1     Innominate Security Technologies 147    m Guard delta    148    8 4 3 Configuration in Router mode    By default upon delivery  following a reset to the default settings or after flashing the    m Guard  the mGuard can be accessed within network 192 168 1 0 24 via LAN interface  4 to 7 under IP address 192 168 1 1        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura   tion of your computer     Under Windows 7  proceed as follows     In the Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a
52.  light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The 1  2  and V 24 LEDs are off  the P1  P2   and STATUS LEDs light up continuously green   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes    e As soon as the procedure is complete  the 1  2  and V 24 LEDs flash green simultane   ously    e Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 247      252 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Drives  Redundancy options    Power supply    Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    Technical data    Intel network processor  with 533 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port   Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Optional 1
53.  management IP is active         Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN         The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the STAT LED lights up green   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the STAT LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the STAT LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 105    mGuard pci  SD    5 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGua
54.  may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 4 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    lf the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 87      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 79     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box 
55.  minutes     As soon as the procedure is complete  the Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs flash green simultane   ously   e Restart the device  To do so  press the reset button     Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      The device is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a local  configuration connection    on page 43      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 49    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 9    Hardware properties  Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Memory  Redundancy options    Power supply    Current consumption    Humidity range    Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall     Virtual Private Network  VPN     Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Special features    50 Innominate Security Technologies    Technical data    mGuard rs2000 Switch    Freescale network processor    m Guard rs4000 Switch    Freescale network processor    4 LAN ports  managed    1 DMZ port   5 LAN ports  unmanaged    1 WAN port Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 BaseTX  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX   RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX   Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector  3 digital inputs and 3 digital outputs 3 digital inputs and 3 digital outputs
56.  more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 7 3      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 136      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following   e Disable any active firewalls   e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box   e     lf other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Setti
57.  of Microsoft Windows XP     e Set the following in the    Internet Protocol  TCP IP  Properties    of the relevant network  interface of the configuration computer     IP address  192 168 1 10  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 2    e Enter the address assigned into the browser  https   192 168 1 1      Configure the mGuard as described in    Configuring the mGuard pci  SD    on page 97     98 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 5 3 Starting up mGuard pci  SD via BootP    In initial startup mode  the mGuard pci  additionally starts a BootP client on the internal net   work interface  LAN 1   The BootP client is compatible with the    IPAssign    BootP servers  from Phoenix Contact as well as    DHCPD    under Linux     This software can either be downloaded free of charge at phoenixcontact net products or at   www innominate com under  Downloads  gt  Software            IP address assignment using IPAssign is described in detail in    Assigning the IP address    using IPAssign exe    on page 255        If an non configured mGuard pci  SD accesses a BootP server after booting  the BootP pro   tocol assigns an IP address  a subnet mask  and optionally a default gateway of the internal  network interface to the mGuard pci  SD  These parameters are saved in the device which  can then be immediately accessed under these parameters     e Enter the address assigned via BootP in the browser  e g   https   192 168 1 1   Configure 
58.  of the    D gt  se J same or another computer to be protected or of  seu na the network to be protected is connected here     3    y      gt      Tos z y guns    y  r ERNS qr   AR ee       ewe         AAA    WW    goias  P PER nee p gt        4  WAN port    Connections to the external network  e g   In   ternet  are established via this interface  With  the default firewall settings  incoming connec   tions are blocked here  Use a UTP cable   CAT5      How to proceed    e Configure the mGuard pci for Driver mode or Power over PCI mode   see    Selection of  Driver mode or Power over PCl mode    on page 160     e Todo this  set the jumper  2  to the relevant position     Driver mode Power over PCl mode  3 e 3  D 2  e 1 1  Figure 9 7 Jumper for Driver mode or Power over PCI mode    Switch off the computer and any other connected I O devices   Observe the safety notes for electrostatic discharge   Unplug the power cable     164    Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirements    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    Open the computer cover  Please refer to the description in the computer user manual  for this step     Select a free PCI slot  3 3 V or 5 V  for the mGuard pci     Remove the corresponding slot plate by loosening the relevant screw and pulling out  the slot plate     Keep the screw for securing the mGuard pci card     Carefully align the pin strip of the mGuard pci card over the socket strip of the PCI slot  on the motherboard and then press the card evenly
59.  of the mGuard has been previously copied to a USB stor   age medium  USB stick  USB Flash drive     Firmware install x86_64 p7s   Firmware firmware img x86_64 p7s  Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the connected USB storage  medium   For security reasons  the mGuard centerport  does not boot from the USB  storage medium         Once the rescue procedure is complete  a corresponding message appears on the  monitor  Follow any further on screen instructions     Innominate Security Technologies 139    mGuard centerport     Start rescue procedure from SD Card    Requirement  The firmware of the mGuard has been previously copied to the SD card    Firmware install x86_64 p7s   Firmware firmware img x86_64 p7s  Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the inserted SD card  With this  in mind  while the boot menu is displayed at the latest and before applying this selec   tion  insert the SD card with the stored firmware into the mGuard   For security reasons   the mGuard centerport  does not boot from an SD card         Once the rescue procedure is complete  a corresponding message appears on the  monitor  Follow any further on screen instructions     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 133    Burning the mGuard firmware to CD DVD ROM    The firmware for the mGuard can be burnt to CD DVD  A zip file is available for download  from the download page of w
60.  or GSM network   The user of  a remote PC  which is also connected to the telephone network by a modem  can then  establish a PPP  Point to Point Protocol  dial up connection to the mGuard and config   ure it via a web browser     To manage data traffic via the serial interface instead of the WAN interface of the mGuard   In this case  a modem should be connected to the serial interface     Not used Pin 6  CTS Pin 5  TXD Pin 4  RTS Pin3  RXD Pin 2  GND Pin 1       Figure 10 5 Pin assignment of the RJ12 socket  serial port     186     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 4 Preparing the configuration    10 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard blade must be mounted in the mGuard bladebase and at least one of the  bladebase device s power supply units must be in operation         For local configuration  The computer used for configuration       Must be connected to the LAN socket of the mGuard      Or the computer must be connected to the mGuard via the network         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     10 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset
61.  or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 10 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard blade controller Router   f  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  see  Page 189   Alternatively  you can select a different stealth configuration or use another net   work mode     Innominate Security Technologies 187    m Guard blade    10 4 3 Configuring the mGuard with the Router mode default set   ting    By default upon delivery  following a reset to the default setting or after flashing the    m Guard  the device can be accessed within network 192 168 1 0 24 via the LAN interface   for mGuard blade LAN interfaces 4 to 7  under IP address 192 168 1 1        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura   tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center        e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if 
62.  plug   TC ANT MOBILE GPS  2903590 from Phoenix Contact      In the case of the mGuard rs2000 3G  the WAN is only available via the mobile network   as a WAN interface is not available  The mobile network function is preset  The  mGuard rs2000 3G can only be operated in Router mode     Connecting antennas                               Figure 3 5 Antenna connection    e Connect a suitable antenna to the antenna connection   Antenna connection      SMA for mobile communication  ANT       RSMA  GPS     e ifthe bar graph indicates good or very good reception  affix the antenna  see    Bar  graph    on page 53      60 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 5 SIM card    To establish a mobile communication connection  the mGuard also requires at least one  valid mini SIM card in ID 000 format  via which it assigns and authenticates itself to a mo   bile network     The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G can be equipped with two SIM cards  The SIM card in the  SIM 1 slotis the primary SIM card which is normally used to establish the connection  If this  connection fails  the device can optionally turn to the second SIM card in slot SIM 2  You can  set whether  and under which conditions  the connection to the primary SIM card is re   stored     The state of the SIM cards is indicated via two LEDs on the front  The LEDs SIM1 and SIM2  light up green when the SIM card is active  If a PIN has not been entered  the LED flashes  green     Qu
63.  procedure via CD is used     If required  these files can be made available in the Rescue Config folder on the CD     Rescue Config licence lic License file that should be installed in the device during the  rescue procedure     Rescue Config  lt serial gt  lic  As above  only the wildcard  lt serial gt  is replaced by the serial  number of the device  The same CD can be used for various  devices simultaneously     Rescue Config preconfig atv   Configuration profile  which should be applied in the firm   ware during the rescue procedure  The file must be applied    by script Rescue Config preconfig sh    Rescue Config  lt serial gt  atv  Same as  lt serial gt  lic   Rescue Config preconfig sh   Script file  which is run directly after installation of the new  firmware  You can find details in the document    Innominate  mGuard   Application Note  Rollout Support    under  www innominate com           115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 213    mGuard centerport    11 9 Technical data    Hardware properties  Platform Multi core x86 processor architecture    Network interfaces 1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 1000 Base TX    RJ45   full half duplex   auto MDIX    Other interfaces VGA console   2 x serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector   6 x USB  Drives 1 HDD   1 DVD RW  Redundancy options Depending on the firmware used  Power supply 2x 100 VAC    240 V AC  250 W at 50 60 Hz  redundant  Power consumption Dependent on the expansion stage  Humidity range 20
64.  telecommu   nications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a serial cable with D        SUB connector  The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m     The serial interface  serial port  can be used as follows     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 129    mGuard centerport     To configure the mGuard via the serial interface  There are two options         APCisconnected directly to the serial interface of the mGuard  via the serial interface  of the PC   The PC user can then use a terminal program to configure the mGuard via  the command line         Oramodem is connected to the serial interface of the mGuard  This modem is connect   ed to the telephone network  fixed line or GSM network   The user of a remote PC   which is also connected to the telephone network via a modem  can then establish a  PPP  Point to Point Protocol  dial up line connection to the mGuard and configure it via  a web browser     To manage data traffic via the serial interface instead of via the WAN interface of the  m Guard  In this case  a modem should be connected to the serial interface     7 3 3 Installation in a 19  frame industrial cabinet    The mains connecting cables of the power supply units are used as mains disconnect  points  Sockets that can easily be accessed and that are close to the device must therefore  be used for the mains plug  Unplug the mains plug to disconnect the device from the mains   If the device is installed in a control cabinet w
65.  the current firmware version     Start rescue procedure via DHCP BootP TFTP  Start rescue procedure from CD   DVD  USB stick or SD Card       Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 136    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 131    mGuard centerport     Example    132    7 4 Preparing the configuration    7 4 1 Connection requirements        For the device  the two power supply units must be connected to the power supply    source to the mains   If only one power supply unit is connected  the device can actually  be operated  but it will output an acoustic signal          For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be    connected to the LAN port on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura     tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     7 4 2 Local configuration on startup  router mode     By default upon delivery  following reset to the default settings or after flashing the  mGuard  the mGuard can be accessed within the network 192 168 1 0 24 via the LAN in     terface under IP address 192 168 1 1        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura   tion of your computer     Under Windows 7  proceed as follows     In the Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center      Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    it
66.  the device can  actually be operated  but it will output an acoustic signal          For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     11 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     Q NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 11 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard centerport Router fs https   192 168 1 1     204 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    11 4 3 Configuration in Router mode    By default upon delivery  following reset to the default settings or after flashing the  mGuard  the mGuard can be accessed within the network 192 168 1 0 24 via the LAN in     terface u
67.  the tele     communications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a serial cable  with D SUB plug  The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m        The serial port  serial interface  can be used as follows     To configure the mGuard via the serial interface  There are two options         APCisconnected directly to the serial interface of the mGuard  via the serial interface  of the PC   The PC user can then use a terminal program to configure the mGuard via  the command line         Oramodem is connected to the serial interface of the mGuard  This modem is connect   ed to the telephone network  fixed line or GSM network   The user of a remote PC   which is also connected to the telephone network by a modem  can then establish a  PPP  Point to Point Protocol  dial up connection to the mGuard and configure it via a  web browser     To manage data traffic via the serial interface instead of via the WAN interface of the  m Guard  In this case  a modem should be connected to the serial interface     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 201    mGuard centerport    11 3 3 Front flap    The safety lock on the front flap enables the front flap to be securely locked  so that access  is refused to the drives  reset button  and ON OFF switch  Ensure that you keep safe hold  of the two keys providedHousing    The mGuard centerport housing is from Kontron and is referred to as the KISS 2U platform   Visit www kontron de for more information on the 
68.  up and Virtual Private Network setting     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 6 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 121      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 113     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e  f other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connec
69.  words during initial configuration     248     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 249    EAGLE mGuard    13 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the de
70.  works when  the management IP is active         In addition  MAU configuration is activated for the Ethernet connections  HTTPS ac   cess is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The device is in Router or PPPoE mode        The device address has been configured and is not known        The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address  www innomi   nate com              Action e Slowly press the reset button six times   After approximately two seconds  the Stat LED lights up green   e When the Stat LED has gone out  slowly press the reset button again six times   If successful  the Stat LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the Err LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Router mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding address     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 47    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    Objective    Possible reasons    Requirements    Q    Q    2 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    The entire firmware of the device should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are del
71. 0 rs2000 Switch    Table 2 2 LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 Switch and mGuard rs2000 Switch          Green   On The configured VPN connections are established at output O1 or the firewall re   cords defined at output O1 are activated   om   The configured VPN connections are being established or aborted at output O1 or  bien firewall rule records defined at output O1 are activated or deactivated     Green a The configured VPN connections are established at output O2 or the firewall re   e defined at output O2 are activated     the firewall rule records defined at output O2 are activated or deactivated     C a C LEDs are located in the sockets  10 100 and duplex LED     DMZ1    Green _ On  Ethernet status  The LEDs indicate the status of the relevant port  As soon as the  LAN a Ce On device is connected to the relevant network  a continuous light indicates that there  is a connection to the network partner in the LAN  WAN or DMZ  When data pack    ets are transmitted  the LED goes out briefly     Flashing The configured VPN connections are being established or aborted at output O2 or       1 mGuard rs4000 Switch only    2 mGuard rs2000 Switch only    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 35    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 2 Startup    2 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the device  must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring   Only conne
72. 00 Base FX  FO     Serial RS 232  RJ11 socket   USB  Depending on the firmware used    24 V DC   max  300 mA   PELV SELV   redundant    25       25  voltage  range    max  7 2 W at 24 V  10      95  during operation  non condensing  IP20    0  C      60  C  operation    40  C      80  C  storage     131 x 47x 111mm  340 g    mGuard v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   70 Mbps bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  P1  P2  Status  Fault  LAN  WAN  V 24    signal contact  24 V  1 A     Log File   Remote Syslog    CE   FCC   UL 508   GL    Innominate Security Technologies 253    EAGLE mGuard    254 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers    14 Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP serv     ers    115007_en_02       14 1 Assigning the IP address using IPAssign exe    Step 1  Downloading and executing the program    e On the Internet  select the link www innominate com downloads    e The BooiP IP addressing tool from Innominate can be found under    Software  amp  Misc      e Double click on the    IPAssign_mGuard exe    file    e     In the window that opens  click on    Run           Step 2  
73. 1 1    2 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Router mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura   tion of your computer     Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     42 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface l   
74. 5  C        Maximum humidity  non condensing   10      95   To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     12 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         mGuard industrial rs      Package slip      Terminal block for the power supply connection  inserted         Terminal block for the signal contact  button  and an optional ISDN or telephone con   nection        2 cover caps for RJ45 sockets    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 217    mGuard industrial rs    12 3 Installation of mGuard industrial rs    WARNING  The housing must not be opened     WARNING  The shielding of the connected twisted pair cables is electrically connected  to the front plate     WARNING  This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interfer   ence in residential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appro      gt  D D    priate measures  When installed in residential or office areas  the mGuard industrial rs  may only be operated in control cabinets with fire protection properties according to  EN 60950 1        12 3 1 Mounting removal    Mounting The device is ready to operate when it is supplied  The recommended sequence for mount     ing and connection is as follows     e Pull out the terminal b
75. 6 5 2 IP address https   1 1 1 1     In order for the mGuard to be addressed via address https   1 1 1 1   it must be connected  to a configured network interface  This is the case if it is connected in an existing network  connection and if the default gateway can be accessed via the WAN port of the mGuard at  the same time     In this case  the web browser establishes a connection to the mGuard configuration inter   face after the address https   1 1 1 1  is entered  see    Establishing a local configuration con   nection    on page 117   Continue from this point     i  After access via IP address 1 1 1 1  the product can no longer be accessed via IP address  192 168 1 1    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 115    mGuard smart  smart    116    a    6 5 3 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the product can no longer be accessed via IP ad   dress 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also  be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe    Notes for BootP    During initial startup  the mGuard transmits BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  
76. 72  A 3  10 F  10  16      b gt  amen mene ee ewe 75  4 1 Operating elements and LEDS               cceccccssseeeeeceeeeneeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeseaaaaeeeeeeseaaaeeeees 76  4 2 Xe  HC      sameeren Raney ne nent enn eons oor ee EA eae en E cea Oe ae ETET ee 77  4 3 Connecting the mGuard delta  oo     cccccccssccesecessecensecsseceeeesseeeseeessesensessaeeeneess 78  4 4 Preparing the  COMMQUIALON siicce ice scetetiecs a oes eee es 79  4 5 Configuration in Stealth MOdC          ccc cecceeceeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeeessaaaeeeees 80  4 6 Establishing a local Configuration CONNECTION               cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaaees 83  4 7 Remote COMM OGUPATION  a  s2 2cc2 22 enacsesettasscsadriassseacentsaeieosenessageuianesoisuucegiaaaesteebtewmaseae 85  4 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 86    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies T    5    6    7    8    4 9 Technical data neona a a as eee ee 90   Maad pe SD eaae e E a a aa 91  5 1 Operating elements and   LEDS si syed eiierieet Sentada nahin nadia axa Re 92   5 2 VAI ULM  Oise ss scisies de nds ncn N vases oaalacina unease sande E R 93   5 3 Installation of mGuard pci  SD        cceccceccesssceseeccsecesseecsseeceaeeceseeeceseeecnecensesens 94   5 4 Preparing the COmlQuranlon asieantedacviestl steiner a e e E 95   5 5 Contiguration in Stealth Modacar a a N 96   5 6 Establishing a local configuration connection              ssssssssrsss
77. 7_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    If the supply voltage is not redundant  the mGuard rs4000 3G indicates the failure of the  supply voltage via the signal contact  This message can be prevented by feeding the supply  voltage via both inputs or by installing an appropriate wire jumper between the connections     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 63    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 4 Preparing the configuration    3 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G must be connected to at least one active power sup   ply unit        For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     3 5 Configuration in Router mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via the following address       https   192 168 1 1    3 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Router mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        To access the configuration inte
78. FAULT LED lights up red if the signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted  logic     The voltage at the signal contact corresponds to the supply voltage applied  The following  is reported when monitoring the output voltage        Failure of at least one of the two supply voltages         Power supply of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 below the limit value  Supply voltage 1  and or 2 lower than 11 V         Link status monitoring of the Ethernet connections  if configured  By default upon deliv   ery  the connection is not monitored  Monitoring can be activated  on the web interface  under    Management  gt  gt  System Settings  gt  gt  Signal Contact            Error during selftest    During a restart  the signal contact is switched off until the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 has    started up completely  This also applies when the signal contact is manually set to    Closed     under    Manual settings    in the software configuration     18 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 3 4 Connecting the supply voltage    WARNING  The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 is designed for operation with a DC voltage of  11 VDC    36 V DC SELV  1 5 A  maximum     Therefore  only SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to EN 60950 1 may be  connected to the supply connections and the signal contact        The supply voltage is connected via a plug in screw terminal block  which is located on the  top of the device     mGuard rs4000 P1 P2 mGuard rs2000 P1 
79. N  Settings    dialog box    e     lf other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 189    m Guard blade    Explanation     After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 10 6 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass     words during initial configuration        190 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 6 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote confi
80. Operating elements and LEDs    RJ45 socket  WAN 1   for connecting to the ex   ternal network    RJ45 socket  LAN 1   for connecting to the in     SD card slot  configuration  ternal network                memory  Reset button            i  i  I  LEDs LEDs LEDs  Figure 4 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the  Table 4 2 LEDs on the mGuard delta     reds  se  WAN1  Green  On  Full duplex  ee Off Half duplex  WAN 2  Yellow  On  10 Mbps    LAN 2 Flash    10 Mbps  data transmission active  ing    100 Mbps    Flash    100 Mbps  data transmission active  ing     pwr  Green  On  soyo O    STAT Flash    The mGuard is ready to operate   ing    jenn  Rea fon  asem o   FAULT  rea  on  mGvardinthe booing orfashingstate SSS  mo        ess S       76 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 2 Startup    4 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      40  C    Maximum humidity  non condensing     5      95   To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat  sourc
81. RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        e Connect the mGuard to the network  To do this  you need a suitable UTP cable  CAT5   which is not included in the scope of supply  Use UTP cables with an impedance of  100 Q    e Connect the internal network interface LAN of the mGuard to the corresponding Ether   net network card of the configuration computer or a valid network connection of the in   ternal network  LAN      56 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    Q    l       mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 3 Connecting service contacts    NOTE  Do not connect the voltage and ground outputs to an external source   The plug in screw terminal blocks of the service contacts may be removed or inserted dur   ing operation of the mGuard     The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G has three digital inputs and outputs  These are configured  in the web interface  e g   the starting and stopping of VPN  sending alarms via SMS etc      The digital inputs and outputs are connected as follows           al al m    US 13 GND O03          IW     Figure 3 4 Service contacts    a Control switch CMD Signal output  digital  ACK    Voltage output       Switching input Ground output       Short circuit proof  11   36 VDC switch output   maximum 250 mA  at11   36 VDC    Supply voltage    Supply voltage    Example Example  a ae Let    A push button or an on off switch  e g   key switch  can be connected between service  contacts US and I     The service contacts 01 03 are non floating  continuous
82. RS   EDGE  I UMTS    CDMA2000    1 8V13V  redundant   lt  14 4 Mbps  HSDPA     Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector  3 digital inputs and 3 digital outputs    128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash   SD card  Replaceable configuration memory  Voltage range 11     36 V DC  redundant    typical  lt  200 mA  24 V DC     maximum  lt  800 mA  10 V DC     5      95   operation  storage   non con   densing    IP20     40  C      60  C  operation    40  C      70  C  storage     130 x 45 x 114 mm  up to DIN rail support   835 g    m Guard rs2000 3G    For mGuard v8 0 or later  Innominate recommends the use of the latest firmware ver     sion and patch releases in each case     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  99 Mbps  maximum  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  50 Mbps  maximum    When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible data  throughput is distributed to the three zones     IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 250 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 2 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  35 Mbps  maximum  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  25 Mbps  maximum  When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible data  throughput is distributed to the three zones    Depending on the mobile 
83. SD Card  To apply the selection  press the Enter key   The options include     Start rescue procedure via DHCP BootP TFTP    Effect  The mGuard downloads the necessary files from the TFTP server        install x86_64 p7s       firmware img x86_64 p7s    Start rescue procedure from CD DVD  USB stick or SD Card    General requirements   1  A CD DVD drive connected to the USB port or  2  AUSB stick  USB Flash drive  connected to the USB port or  3  An SD memory card inserted into the SD card drive    138     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     After the rescue procedure has been started by pressing the Enter key  the required data is  downloaded from the medium that was connected inserted to into the device     Start rescue procedure from CD DVD    Requirement  The firmware of the mGuard has been previously burnt to CD DVD  see  below under    Burning the mGuard firmware to CD DVD ROM    on page 140    Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the inserted CD DVD   With this in mind  while the boot menu is displayed and before applying this selection   insert the CD DVD with the mGuard firmware into the CD DVD drive    For security reasons  the mGuard centerport    does not boot from the CD DVD         Once the rescue procedure is complete  a corresponding message appears on the  monitor  Follow any further on screen instructions     Start rescue procedure from USB stick  USB Flash drive     Requirement  The firmware
84. SL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 4 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard delta  https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  in the  web interface under    Network  gt  gt  Interfaces  gt  gt  General      Alternatively  you can select a dif   ferent stealth configuration or use another network mode     Innominate Security Technologies 79    mGuard delta     4 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via two addresses        https   192 168 1 1   see Page 81        https   1 1 1 1   see Page 81     Alternatively  an IP address can be assigned via BootP  see    Assigning the IP address via  BootP    on page 82      The mGuard can be accessed via https   192 168 1 1 if the external network interface is not  connected on startup     Computers can access the mGuard via https   1 1 1 1  if they are directly or indirectly con   nected to the LAN port of the mGuard  For this purpose  the mGuard with LAN port and  WAN port must be integrated in an operational network in which the default gateway can be  accessed via the WAN port     After access via IP address 192 168 1 1 and successful login  IP address  192 168 1 1 is set
85. Server    or    DHCP Server    tab page and click on    Settings    to set  the parameters as follows                gt  Tftpd32  Settings   x    gt  Tftpd32 by Ph  Jounin me eE  r Base Directory 5  Current Director IES Browse   E  my Browse 3 wis Browse         Server interface 192 168 10 1 v   Show Dir     m Global Settings     Tftp Server DHCP server      M TFTP Sewer   Syslog Server      Syslog server       Save syslog message                                     TFTP Client IV DHCP Server Fle    IP pool starting address  792 168 10 200  Size of pool  30 g  r TFTP Security  1r TFTP configuration Boot File   z  2  lag Timeout  seconds   3 WINS DNS Sewer  0000       Standard   e  P l Max Retransmit E Default router  0 0 0 0  9 Tftp port 69 Mask 255 255  255 0  C Read Only        Domain Name    F Advanced TFTP Options         V Option negotiation  Hide Window at startup Abot   __Hep    MV Show Progress bar T Create    dir txt  files       Translate Unix file names l Beep for long tranfer         Use anticipation window of      Allow  VAs virtual root    Default Help   Cancel      Figure 14 5 Settings          Under Linux    All current Linux distributions include DHCP and TFTP servers   e Install the corresponding packages according to the instructions provided for the rele   vant distribution   e Configure the DHCP server by making the following settings in the  etc dhcpd conf  file   subnet 192 168 134 0 netmask 255 255 255 0    range 192 168 134 100 192 168 134 119   optio
86. TBA b2        gt  mGuard Pin 8  Tx         Serial port    WARNING  The serial interface  RJ12 socket  must not be connected directly to the tele     communications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a serial cable  with RJ12 plug  The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m        The serial port  serial interface  can be used as follows     To configure the mGuard via the serial interface  There are two options     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 223    mGuard industrial rs    224        APCisconnected directly to the serial interface of the mGuard  via the serial interface  of the PC   The PC user can then use a terminal program to configure the mGuard via    the command line         Oramodem is connected to the serial interface of the mGuard  This modem is connect   ed to the telephone network  fixed line or GSM network   The user of a remote PC   which is also connected to the telephone network by a modem  can then establish a  PPP  Point to Point Protocol  dial up connection to the mGuard and configure it via a  web browser     To manage data traffic via the serial interface instead of via the WAN interface of the    m Guard  In this case  a modem should be connected to the serial interface     Not used  CTS  TXD  RTS  RXD  GND    Figure 12 9    Pin 6  Pin 5  Pin 4  Pin 3  Pin 2  Pin 1    Pin assignment of the RJ12 socket  serial port        On the mGuard industrial rs with integrated modem or ISDN terminal adapter  data traf
87. The product can then no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed   Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 6 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       Stealth https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial
88. VPN tunnels  mGuard centerport   mGuard centerport 250  mGuard centerport 1000     Innominate     mGuard centerport       Figure 11 1 mGuard centerport    Innominate Security Technologies 197    mGuard centerport    11 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Front Power LED  green  Hard disk activity LED  orange     Innominate  mGuardcenterport       19  angled connector Interlocking lock  front flap 19  angled connector    Figure 11 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard centerport front side    Table 11 2 LEDs on the mGuard centerport    Gren  On Lights up if the system is switched on  Lights up while hard disk is accessed    Front flap open       CD drive  LEDs   see above Knurled screw for cover guard       ON OFF button    Reset button 2 x USB    For restart without switching the de   vice off and on again    Figure 11 3 Operating elements for the mGuard centerport with front flap open    198     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    11 2 Startup    11 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Am
89. a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner      e Click on    Properties      e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4       e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     188     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 5 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 10 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard blade controller Router f  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection esta
90. a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  The FL MGUARD can then no longer be accessed via IP address  192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed     Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     228 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 12 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard industrial rs https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu
91. act corresponds to the supply voltage applied  The following  is reported when monitoring the output voltage        Failure of at least one of the two supply voltages         Power supply of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 below the limit value  Supply voltage 1  and or 2 lower than 11 V         Link status monitoring of the Ethernet connections  if configured  By default upon deliv   ery  the connection is not monitored  Monitoring can be activated  on the web interface  under    Management  gt  gt  System Settings  gt  gt  Signal Contact             Error during selftest     During a restart  the signal contact is switched off until the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 has  started up completely  This also applies when the signal contact is manually set to    Closed     under    Manual settings    in the software configuration     Innominate Security Technologies 59    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 3 4 Antennas    To establish a mobile communication connection  a matching antenna must be connected  to the devices     Q NOTE  Removing operator permissions    Operation of the wireless system is only permitted with accessories supplied by  Innominate  The use of other accessory components may invalidate the operating li     cense     You can find the approved accessories for this wireless system listed with the product at   www innominate com           We recommend combined mobile phone GPS antenna with omnidirectional characteristic   antenna cable with SMA round plug  GSM UMTS  and R SMA round
92. age   non con   densing    IP20     20  C      60  C  operation    20  C      60  C  storage     130 x 45 x 114mm  up to DIN rail support   722 g  TX TX     m Guard rs2000    For mGuard v7 4 0 or later  Innominate recommends the use of the latest firmware ver     sion and patch releases in each case     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  99 Mbps  maximum    Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  50 Mbps  maximum     IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 250 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    IPsec  IETF standard   Up to 2 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 1 92 256    Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  35 Mbps  maximum    Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  25 Mbps  maximum  Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central device man     agement software    LEDs  Power 1   2  State  Error  Signal   Fault  Modem  Info  signal contacts   ser   vice contacts   log file   remote syslog    CE I  FCC I UL 508  ANSI ISA 12 12 Class   Div  2    LEDs  Power  State  Error  Signal  Fault   Modem  Info  signal contacts   service  contacts   log file   remote syslog    Realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    temperature sensor      mGuard Remote Services Portal ready    Innominate Security Technologies 31    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    32 Innominate Security Technologies
93. ality of the mobile network connection    The signal strength of the mobile network connection is indicated by three LEDs on the front  of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G  The LEDs function as a bar graph  refer to    Bar graph    on  page 53      For stable data transmission  we recommend at least good network reception  If the network  reception is only adequate  only SMS messages can be sent and received     Inserting the SIM card    You will receive a SIM card from the wireless provider on which all data and services for your  connection are stored  If you use CDMA networks in the USA  e g   from Verizon Wireless    you will not receive a SIM card  Change the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G to a CDMA provider  via the web interface           Figure 3 6 Insert the SIM card    To insert the SIM card  proceed as follows    e Press the release button    e Remove the SIM card holder    e Insert the SIM card so that the SIM chip remains visible     e     Insertthe SIM card holder together with the SIM card into the device until this ends flush  with the housing     Innominate Security Technologies 61    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    62    A    3 3 6 Connecting the supply voltage    WARNING  The device is designed for operation with a DC voltage of  11 VDC    36 V DC SELV  800 mA maximum     Therefore  only SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to  IEC 60950 EN 60950 VDE 0805 may be connected to the supply connections and the  signal contact        The supply voltage is connected v
94. and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv     er       on page 258         entire network     Q NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the    Action    NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing  procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by    the manufacturer        Hold down the Reset button until the State  LAN  and WAN LEDs light up green  Then   the mGuard is in the recovery state    Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state    If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted    The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address    The State LED flashes    The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed    The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation    The Modem  State  and LAN LEDs form a running light    The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted    This process takes around
95. and gateway address       Any incorrect settings    Phoenix Contact   IP Assignment Tool    Set IP Address  Please specify an IP Address to use     This PC s IP Address   192  168 1 100    Please specify the IP Address to be used below     Selected MAC Address   00 a0 45 04 08 a3    IP Address 192   168   22   21    Subnet Mask       0    Gateway Address 0      0    WARNING  this address is in a different Subnet     Once you have entered a valid IP address  click Next      lt  Zur  ck Abbrechen      Figure 14 2    Set IP Address    window with incorrect settings       e Adjust the IP parameters according to your requirements     If inconsistencies are no longer detected  a message appears indicating that a valid IP ad   dress has been set     e     Click on    Next        Step 5     Assign IP address       The program attempts to transmit the IP parameters set to the mGuard     Phoenix Contact   IP Assignment Tool    Assign IP Address  Attempting to Assign IP Address     The wizard is attempting to Assign the specified IP Address     Attempting to assign MAC Address  Wait Time   6    00  a0 45 04 08 a3 If it has been more than a minute or  two and the IP is still not assigned   ee please try rebooting or power  the following  cycling your device  IP Address  192 168 1 21  IP Mask  255 255 255 0    IP Gateway  0 0 0 0    Once your device has received it s IP Address  this wizard will automatically go to the next  page     Abbrechen         Figure 14 3    Assign IP address    w
96. ards      To flash the firmware from a TFTP server  a TFTP server must be installed on the locally  connected computer  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been saved on a compatible SD card        This SD card has been inserted into the mGuard        The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com  The files must be located under the following path names or in  the following folders on the SD card    Firmware install ubi mpc83xx p7s  Firmware ubifs img mpc83xx p7s          88 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta     Action To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e Hold down the Reset button until the STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs light up green  Then   the mGuard is in the recovery state    e Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interfa
97. artup    7 2 1 Safety notes    Installation  startup and maintenance of the product may only be performed by qualified    S    pecialist personnel who have been authorized for this by the operator  Specialist personnel    must have read and understood the instructions in this manual and act accordingly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of    the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions        Ambient temperature     0  C      45  C        Maximum humidity  non condensing     20      90     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     NOTE  Risk of material damage caused by cleaning agents    Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents        7 2 2 Checking the scope of supply    Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes     mGuard centerport    Package slip   2 x AC mains connecting cables   19  server rails telescopic rails  2 x short  2 x long   Screw set    Installation instructions for 19  frame industrial cabinet  Quickrails installation instruc   tions     Innominate Security Technologies 127    mGuard centerport   7 3 Installing and booting the mGuard centerport   Back    IPMI port 4x USB Ether
98. atch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     2 000 Mbps bidirectional   2 000 Mbps bidirectional    When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible  data throughput is distributed to the three zones     DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    600 Mbps bidirectional  router mode     When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible  data throughput is distributed to the three zones     Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3    central device management software    Dot matrix display   LEDs   boot menu   log file   remote Syslog    CE  developed according to UL requirements    Innominate Security Technologies 141    mGuard centerport     142 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 mQGuard delta    115007_en_02    Table 8 1 Available mGuard delta versions    mGuard delta HW 103050    As acompact LAN switch  Ethernet Fast Ethernet   the mGuard delta is designed for the  connection of up to four LAN segments  This device is therefore ideal for use in logically  segmented network environments  where the locally connected computers networks share  the mGuard functions     An additional serial interface enables configuration via a telephone dial up connection ora  terminal  With its robust metal housing  the mGuard delta is suitable for installation in distri   bution compartments as well as for use as a desktop device         LAN SWITCH           Fig
99. ate   Error    LAN   WAN    E    LAN   WAN    E        LAN   WAN    E E    mGuard industrial RS  mGuard industrial RS  mGuard industrial RS    a    LAN WAN    7 SDN Line 7     fi i e Fo  B   Ll CMDACK TXATX  RX  PX  2 CMDACI ING   L  CMDACK    Lower terminal strip     _ gt                                   With ISDN terminal With analog modem WITHOUT modem ISDN  Figure 12 5 mGuard industrial rs  Lower terminal strip    220 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs            Lower area on front MET  late with terminal   ae  gt   __  1  CMDACK   strip    Functional  earth ground    Signal contact  in   terrupted in the event  of an error     Button or on off switch    Signal LED  20 mA   Service contacts     CMD  ACK     for establishing a predefined VPN connection     Figure 12 6 mGuard industrial rs  Without modem ISDN terminal adapter    Analac    Lower area on front ne nalog  plate with terminal    strip    Signal contact Service con  Telephone line    Functional earth  tacts  as above   analog connection     ground  as above   as above   Figure 12 7 mGuard industrial rs with modem         Lower area on front ISDN Line    plate with terminal  gt   __   CMDACK TX4TX  AX  PX   strip    Signal contact Service contacts    Functional earth   as above     ground  as above   as above   Figure 12 8 mGuard industrial rs with ISDN terminal adapter    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 221    mGuard industrial rs    Operating a connected  button
100. aved on a compatible SD card        This SD card has been inserted into the mGuard        The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com  The files must be located under the following path names or in  the following folders on the SD card    Firmware install ubi mpc83xx p7s  Firmware ubifs img mpc83xx p7s          Action e Press and hold down the Reset button on the front plate   The STAT LED on the front plate briefly lights up orange     Then the STAT LED and the upper two LEDs of the Ethernet sockets light up green one  after the other     e Release the Reset button during the green light phase   The flashing procedure is started     106     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 9 Technical data    mGuard pci  SD   mGuard pcie  SD    Hardware properties  Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Memory   Drives   Redundancy options    Power supply    Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    Special features    115007_en_02    Without battery  HT version     With battery    Freescale network processor with 330 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45
101. be accessed via the following addresses     Table 1 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Network mode   Management IP  1   Management IP  2    mGuard rs4000 https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1   mGuard rs2000 https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1        The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  see  Page 24   Alternatively  you can select a different stealth configuration or use another net   work mode     20 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via two addresses        https   192 168 1 1   see Page 22        https   1 1 1 1   see Page 22     Alternatively  an IP address can be assigned via BootP  see    Assigning the IP address via  BootP    on page 23      The mGuard can be accessed via https   192 168 1 1 if the external network interface is not  connected on startup     Computers can access the mGuard via https   1 1 1 1  if they are directly or indirectly con   nected to the LAN port of the mGuard  For this purpose  the mGuard with LAN port and  WAN port must be integrated in an operational network in which the default gateway can be  accessed via the WAN port     After access via IP address 192 168 1 1 and successful login  IP address  192 168 1 1 is set as a fixed management IP address     After acce
102. bient temperature   0  C      40  C        Maximum humidity  non condensing   5      95   To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     11 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes          MGuard centerport       Package slip       2xkeys for front flap lock        2xAC mains connecting cables      Rubber feet  self adhesive     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 199    mGuard centerport    Back    200    11 3 Installing and booting mGuard centerport       Unnamed connections sockets are  not used   Optional  Dedicated interface for state syn   chronization in redundancy operation Ethernet  10 100 1000 Base TX   2 x USB LAN WAN  2 x power supply mains input socket  redun  COM1  2x USB  dant wide range AC power supply unit Serial console mnodem   100   240 V AC voltage source  VGA connection  Figure 11 4 mGuard centerport back  11 3 1 Connecting the device  7  Optional   Install the device in a 19  industrial cabinet   see    The safety lock on the front flap en   ables the front flap to be securely locked  so that access is refused to the drives  reset  button  and ON OFF switch  Ensure that you keep safe hold of the two keys provided   Housing    on page 202   8  Connect the two power supply units to the mains or power supp
103. blishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 10 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 193      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 187     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LA
104. cal configuration on startup  EIS     on page 169     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e     If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     172 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation  As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 9 12 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configure
105. can be connected between service  contacts CMD V  and CMD     The contacts ACK     and FAULT     are non floating  continuously short circuit proof  and supply a maximum of 250 mA     16 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Input CMD 11  CMD 12    Operating a connected  push button    Operating a connected  on off switch    Signal contact  signal out   put  ACK O1  O2    Alarm output ACK O3    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    The switching inputs and switching outputs can be connected with signals from external de   vices  e g   with signals from PLCs  In this case  ensure the same potential as well as voltage  and current specifications are defined     Depending on the firmware version used  the service contacts can be used for various  switching or signaling tasks     Service contacts as of firmware version 8 1    Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O     you can set whether a push button  or an on off switch has been connected to the inputs  One or more freely selectable VPN  connections or firewall rule records can be switched via the corresponding switch  A mixture  of VPN connections and firewall rule records is also possible  The web interface displays  which VPN connections and which firewall rule records are connected to this input     The push button or on off switch is used to establish and release predefined VPN connec   tions or the defined firewall rule records     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule 
106. card    192 168 1 2    192 168 1 1         External IP          Figure 9 6 Power over PCl mode  Router mode    If the mGuard is in Router mode  or PPPoE or PPTP mode   the mGuard and the network  card connected to its LAN socket     installed in the same computer or another computer      act as a separate network     For the IP configuration of the network interface of the operating system for the computer in  which the network card is installed  this means that an IP address must be assigned to this  network interface that differs from the internal IP address of the mGuard  by default upon  delivery this is 192 168 1 1      A third IP address is used for the interface of the mGuard to the WAN  It is used for connec   tion to an external network  e g   Internet      Innominate Security Technologies 163    mGuard pci  9 3 3 Installing the hardware  y NOTE  Electrostatic discharge    AteS Before installation  touch the metal frame of the PC in which the mGuard pci is to be in   stalled  in order to remove electrostatic discharge     The device contains components that can be damaged or destroyed by electrostatic dis   charge  When handling the device  observe the necessary safety precautions against  electrostatic discharge  ESD  according to EN 61340 5 1 and IEC 61340 5 1        mGuard pci  structure     1  Reset button     2  Jumper for activating deactivating Driver  mode     3  LAN port    The LAN port is deactivated in Driver mode  In  Power over PCl mode  the network card
107. ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaaeees 37  2 4 Preparing the COMMOULAUOM teszsetscenssesacetcudsstencenoncesualnonacessaepetteerosaensenioodauniaehasesstis 42  2 5 Configuration  In  Router Mode s ex6 2  srs Sacer cee a atthe atin 42  2 6 Establishing a local Configuration CONNECTION               ceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaaeees 43  2 7 Remote configuration seserian T a e e a A 45  2 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              cccccssseeeeeeeeeeeeenees 46  2 9  WEGIIAIC AD CA a osiice sax cies cu niet canes care e detvectientt 50  3   mGWard rs4000 r 2000 3G sssini E a aa or aral 51  3 1 Operating elements and LEDS               cceccccssseeeeeceeeeneeeeeeceaaaaeeeeeeseaaaseeeeesseaaeeeees 52  3 2 AULD acerca ad esa sone ale Sense ad desatecins bts aoc E ta alee aden dase suta cad scant Geen taeda 54  3 3 Installation of mGuard rS4000 rS2000 3G        cece cece eeeeeee cette eee eeeeeeeeeaneeeeeeeeenaaeees 55  3 4 Preparing the COnfiquraton  sacaste E eee 64  3 5 Configuration in Router mode             ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeseaaaeeeeeesaaaaeeeeees 64  3 6 Establishing a local Configuration connection             sssesessssessesrrrreresrnrrrressrrrrrere 65  3 7 Remote coniguratiON cassis ete a a na 67  3 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 68  3 9 Technical dala crteaitotai asad  iekeecca2hnateeceniarnntesnrdead tacbivssnecnedicoiarabaaidebaieeadsdepce dead ieeteatt 
108. ce in order to obtain an IP address   The STAT LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The STAT LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes     As soon as the procedure is complete  the STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs flash green simulta   neously   e Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button     Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 83      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 89    mGuard delta     4 9    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces    Memory    Redundancy options  Power supply   Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature ra
109. ck that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e     lf other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     After successful connection establishment    Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Innominate Security Technologies 65    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    Explanation     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed        Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 3 8 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     66 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example 
110. connection     lt  14 4 Mbit s  HSDPA  upload   lt  5 7 Mbit s  HSDPA  download    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central device man   agement software    13 LEDs  Power 1   2  State  Error  Signal  Fault  Modem  Info  Signal Status  SIM Sta   tus    Service I Ol Log File   Remote Syslog    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    Other mGuard rs4000 3G mGuard rs2000 3G  CE   FCC   UL 508   electrical isolation  VCC  PE    ANSI  ISA 12 12 Class   Div  2    GPS   GLONASS receiver   realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    tempera   ture sensor   mGuard Secure Cloud ready    Conformance    Special features    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 73    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    74 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 mGuard delta     115007_en_02    Table 4 1 Available mGuard delta  versions    mGuard delta  TX TX HW 103060       mGuard delta  TX TX VPN BD 211010    The mGuard delta  is ideal for use in desktop applications  in distribution compartments   and other environments close to production processes with low requirements for industrial  hardening     Individual devices or network segments can be safely networked and comprehensively pro   tected  The mGuard delta  can be used as a firewall between office and production net   works as well as a Security router for small and medium sized workgroups        Figure 4 1 mGuard delta     Innominate Security Technologies 75    mGuard delta   4 1 
111. ct the device network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications  connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the device     For connecting a modem or serial terminal to the RS 232 interface  you will need a null  modem cable not exceeding 10 m in length     NOTE  Risk of damage to equipment due to noise emissions    This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interference in resi   dential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appropriate mea   sures     NOTE  Electrostatic discharge    When handling the device  observe the necessary safety precautions against electrostat   ic discharge  ESD  in accordance with EN 61340 5 1 and IEC 61340 5 1        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature     20  C      60  C      Maximum humidity  non condensing    5      95     To avoid overheating  do not expose the device to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     2 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         Device      Package slip        Plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply connection and inputs outputs  in   serted     2 2 3 mGuard Firmware    The device must be operated with mGuard Firmware version 8 1 5 or hig
112. ct the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly   13 5 2 IP address https   1 1 1 1     In order for the mGuard to be addressed via address https   1 1 1 1   it must be connected  to a configured network interface  This is the case if it is connected in an existing network  connection and if the default gateway can be accessed via the WAN port of the mGuard at  the same time     In this case  the web browser establishes a connection to the mGuard configuration inter   face after the address https   1 1 1 1 is entered  see    Establishing a local configuration con   nection    on page 247   Continue from this point     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via IP  address 192 168 1 1    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 245    EAGLE mGuard    13 5 3 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via  IP address 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also
113. d in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version            Application notes are available in the download area at www innominate com      136 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Action    Objective    Possible reasons    Requirements    Preparation    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     Requirement  a monitor and a keyboard are connected to the device   e     Press the following keyboard shortcut   lt Alt gt   lt SysRq gt   lt a gt       On English keyboards the German  lt S Abf gt  corresponds to  lt SysRq gt   However  some  keyboards do not feature the  lt SysRq gt  key  In this case  use the  lt Print gt  key      After pressing the keyboard shortcut once  the same shortcut must be pressed again with   in 30 s in order to start the recovery procedure     Once the recovery procedure has been performed successfully  a corresponding message  appears on the monitor     7 8 2 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     The administrator and root password have been lost     There are three options for flashing the firmware        Via the network  DHCP and TFTP server        Via the USB port  USB Flash drive or USB CD DVD 
114. d via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass        words during initial configuration     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 173    mGuard pci    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    9 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the   connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer    e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software referenc
115. device is ready for opera   tion as soon as the Ethernet socket LEDs light up  Additionally  the P1 P2 LEDs light up  green and Stat LED flashes green at heartbeat     Redundant power supply  mGuard rs4000 Switch     A redundant supply voltage can be connected  Both inputs are isolated  The load is not dis   tributed  With a redundant supply  the power supply unit with the higher output voltage sup   plies the mGuard rs4000 Switch alone  The supply voltage is electrically isolated from the  housing     If the supply voltage is not redundant  the mGuard rs4000 Switch indicates the failure of one  supply voltage via the signal contact  This message can be prevented by feeding the supply  voltage via both inputs or by installing an appropriate wire bridge between the connections     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 41    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 4 Preparing the configuration    2 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch must be connected to at least one active power  supply unit        For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the device         For remote configuration  The device must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted       The device must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     2 5 Configuration in Router mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via the following address        https   192 168 
116. ding on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly   1 5 2 IP address https   1 1 1 1     In order for the mGuard to be addressed via address https   1 1 1 1   it must be connected  to a configured network interface  This is the case if it is connected in an existing network  connection and if the default gateway can be accessed via the WAN port of the mGuard at  the same time     In this case  the web browser establishes a connection to the mGuard configuration inter   face after the address https   1 1 1 1 is entered  see    Establishing a local configuration con   nection    on page 24   Continue from this point     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1  the product can no longer be accessed via IP address  192 168 1 1    22 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 5 3 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the product can no longer be accessed via IP ad   dress 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also  be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe      Notes for BootP    During initial startup  the mGuard transmits
117. drive       Via the SD memory card    The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card  a USB   Flash memory        All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the first parti   tion of the SD card or the USB Flash memory under the following path or in the follow   ing folder     Firmware install x86_64 p7s   Firmware firmware img x86_64 p7s    The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from a TFTP server         ATFTP server must be installed on the locally connected computer  see    Installing  the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258                The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been saved on the installation medium of your  choice or on the local installation computer        If your current firmware version is newer than the version by default upon delivery  a li   cense must be obtained for using this update  This applies to major release upgrades   e g   from Version 6 x y to Version 7 x y to Version 8 x y  etc        SD card option  The SD card has been inserted into the device        USB port option  A USB Flash memory of a USB CD DVD driver has been connected  to the USB port of the device        Network option  DHCP and TFTP servers can be accessed under the same IP ad   dress        Innominate Security Technolog
118. e Management IP  1    mGuard rs4000 3G https   192 168 1 1   mGuard rs2000 3G https   192 168 1 1        Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 3 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 69      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Che
119. e local Ethernet connection  LAN         The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           e Slowly press the Reset button six times    After approximately 2 seconds  the LAN LED lights up red   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times    If successful  the LAN LED lights up red    If unsuccessful  the WAN LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     176 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    9 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device    All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state    In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Objective    Possible rea
120. e manual     174 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    9 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure       Reset button       lt      a  A Ea  o 2 f    k2 x n       uns ES    Figure 9 13 Reset button    9 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until both red LEDs light up     Alternatively  restart the computer that contains the mGuard pci card     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 175    mGuard pci    Objective    Action    9 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 9 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients           The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active         Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via th
121. e products in your specific application  in particular with regard to ob   serving the applicable standards and regulations  All information made available in the tech   nical data is supplied without any accompanying guarantee  whether expressly mentioned   implied or tacitly assumed     In general  the provisions of the current standard Terms and Conditions of Innominate apply  exclusively  in particular as concerns any warranty liability     This user manual  including all illustrations contained herein  is copyright protected  Any  changes to the contents or the publication of extracts of this document are prohibited     Innominate reserves the right to register its own intellectual property rights for the product  identifications of Innominate products that are used here  Registration of such intellectual  property rights by third parties is prohibited     Other product identifications may be afforded legal protection  even where they may not be  indicated as such     Innominate Security Technologies       Innominate    and    mGuard    are registered trade names of Innominate Security Technolo   gies AG  mGuard technology is protected by patents 10138865 and 10305413  granted by  the German Patent and Trademark Office  Further patents are pending     Published by  Innominate Security Technologies AG    Rudower Chaussee 13  12489 Berlin   Germany   Phone   49  0 30 92 10 28 0  contact innominate com    www innominate com          24  July 2015 Innominate Security Technol
122. e supply voltage is electrically isolated from the housing   If the supply voltage is not redundant  the mGuard rs4000 indicates the failure of the supply  voltage via the signal contact  This message can be prevented by feeding the supply volt     age via both inputs  P1 P2  or by installing an appropriate wire jumper between connections  P1 and P2     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 19    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 4 Preparing the configuration    1 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 must be connected to at least one active power supply  unit        For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted       The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     1 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can 
123. e the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e  f other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 247    EAGLE mGuard    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation  As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 13 6 Login  e To login  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass       
124. ected VPN connections or firewall rule records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  ON     e To switch off the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  OFF     Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O    you can set whether certain VPN  connections or firewall rule records are monitored and displayed via the LED Info 1  out   put ACK O1  or LED Info 2  output ACK 02      If VPN connections are being monitored  an illuminated Info LED indicates that VPN con   nections are established     The O3 alarm output monitors the function of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 and therefore en   ables remote diagnostics     The Fault LED lights up red if the signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted  logic     The O3 alarm output reports the following when    Management  Service I O  Alarm output     has been activated        Failure of the redundant supply voltage       Monitoring of the link status of the Ethernet connections       Monitoring of the temperature condition       Monitoring of the connection state of the internal modem    Service contacts up to firmware version 8 0    The push button or on off switch is used to establish and release a predefined VPN connec   tion     The output indicates the status of the VPN connection  in the web interface under    IPsec  VPN  gt  gt  Global  gt  gt  Op
125. ectional throughput  max  99 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  50 Mbps    DES   3DES   AES 128 1 92 256    Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  35 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  25 Mbps    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    3 LEDs  in combination for boot process  heartbeat  system error  Ethernet  status  Recovery mode    Log File   Remote Syslog    CE   FCC    Realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    temperature sensor    Innominate Security Technologies 123    mGuard smart  smart    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Drives  Redundancy options    Power supply    Power consumption    Temperature range    Humidity range  Degree of protection  Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    6 9 1    mGuard smart    m Guard smart  266   mGuard smart  533    124 Innominate Security Technologies    Intel network processor  either with 533 MHz or 266 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Depending on the firmware used    Via USB interface  5 V at 500 mA   Optional  external powe
126. ed from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The green LEDs and the red LAN LED form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The green LEDs flash  while the red LAN  LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes    e As soon as the procedure has been completed  the mGuard restarts     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 172      After the restart  the mGuard pci is automatically assigned a management IP address   This address is assigned by a BootP server that can be accessed on the network and was  used during flashing     If the recommended DHCP server is also used for Windows  see page 258   it also oper   ates as the BootP server  This does not apply when using a DHCP server under Linux        178     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other i
127. ed to the LAN port of the mGuard  For this purpose  the mGuard with LAN port and  WAN port must be integrated in an operational network in which the default gateway can be  accessed via the WAN port     After access via IP address 192 168 1 1 and successful login  IP address  192 168 1 1 is set as a fixed management IP address     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1 or after IP address assignment via BootP  the FL  MGUARD can no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1        244 _Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Stealth mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        a    With a configured network  interface    To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Sele
128. ed to the device   e Press the following keyboard shortcut   lt Alt gt   lt SysRq gt   lt a gt       On English keyboards the German  lt S Abf gt  corresponds to  lt SysRq gt   However  some  keyboards do not feature the  lt SysRq gt  key  In this case  use the  lt Print gt  key      Once the recovery procedure is complete  a corresponding message appears on the mon   itor     210 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Objective    Possible reasons    Requirements    Action    115007_en_02    Q  Q    Q       mGuard centerport    11 8 2 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     The administrator and root password have been lost     NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer     Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv   er    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network         Amonitor and a keyboard are connected to the device         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from the Support team of your dealer or from  www in
129. efault     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the   connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer    e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 135    mGuard centerport     Objective    Action    Objective    7 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The device must be restarted in order to perform a recovery procedure or to flash the firm   ware     7 8 Performing a restart    The device is restarted with the configured settings     e Press the ON OFF button of the device already started for approximately 5 s to switch  off the device   Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then c
130. em is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner    Click on    Properties      Select the    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4     menu item   Click on    Properties       First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example    IP address  192 168 1 2   Subnet mask  255 255 255 0   Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly           Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     7 5 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 7 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       Proceed as follows    e Starta HTTP capable web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be
131. ent IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the State LED lights up green   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the State LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the Error LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 233    m Guard industrial rs    12 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device     All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state     In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     For the mGuard industrial rs  only firmware version 5 1 0 or later can be installed     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements    NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer     Install the DHCP 
132. er is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 103    mGuard pci  SD    5 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure       Figure 5 6 Reset button    5 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e     Press the Reset button until the STAT LED lights up orange     e Alternatively  restart the computer that contains the mGuard pci card     104 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 5 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    mGuard pci  SD https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients           The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the
133. erfer     ence in residential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appro   priate measures        112 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 4 Preparing the configuration    6 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard smart  must be switched on  i e   it must be connected to a computer  or  power supply unit  that is switched on via a USB cable in order for it to be supplied with  power         For local configuration  The computer used for configuration       Must be connected to the LAN port of the mGuard      Ormust be connected to the mGuard via the local network        For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     6 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 6 3 Preset addres
134. ermitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the   connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer    e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 151    mGuard delta  8 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    T  eee  3 2 1    Console 7 6 5 4  Reset button       bed    WC  5   3A    Figure 8 5 Reset button    8 7 1 Performing a restart  Objecti
135. ernal  voltage source  they should always be connected as described here     A push button or an on off switch  e g   key switch  can be connected between service  contacts CMD and _l_     A standard LED  up to 3 5 V  or a corresponding optocoupler can be connected between  contacts ACK     and _l_      The contact is short circuit proof and supplies 20 mA  max   imum  The LED or optocoupler must be connected without preresistor  for wiring  see  Figure 12 6 to Figure 12 8      The button or on off switch is used to establish and release a predefined VPN connection   The LED indicates the status of the VPN connection  in the web interface under    IPsec VPN   gt  gt  Global  gt  gt  Options         e To establish the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the sig   nal LED flashes  Only then release the button     Flashing indicates that the mGuard has received the command to establish the VPN  connection and is establishing the VPN connection  As soon as the VPN connection is  established  the signal LED remains lit continuously     e Torelease the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the signal  LED flashes or goes out  Only then release the button     As soon as the signal LED goes out  the VPN connection is released     e To establish the VPN connection  set the switch to the ON position   e To release the VPN connection  set the switch to the OFF position     222 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industr
136. es        Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     4 2 2 Checking the scope of supply    Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes          mGuard delta       Package slip      12 V DC power supply including different country adapters    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies V7    mGuard delta     4 3 Connecting the mGuard delta     NOTE  Notes on mounting and installation    Only connect the RJ45 Ethernet ports of the mGuard to matching network installations   Some telecommunications connections also use RJ45 sockets  You may not connect  these to the RJ45 ports of the mGuard     Safe isolation of live circuits is only guaranteed if connected devices fulfill requirements  specified by VDE 0106 101  safe isolation   The supply lines must be isolated or laid sep   arately to live circuits        4 3 1 Connecting to the network    e Connect the mGuard to the network  To do this  you need a suitable UTP cable  CAT5   which is not included in the scope of supply    e Connect the internal network interface LAN 1 of the mGuard to the corresponding  Ethernet network card of the configuration computer or a valid network connection of  the internal network  LAN      4 3 2 Connecting the supply voltage    e Connect the wide range power supply unit of the mGuard to a suitable power supply   Connect the low voltage plug of the power supply unit on the back of the 
137. esrrrrrresrrrrrressrrrreeee 101   5 7 Remote COMTI QUIAUION sessie me a a cede 103   5 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccsesseeeeseeeeeeees 104   5 9 TECNICA data sspe aa tae deeae pera adnate eine a cea iabeeeers 107   MALE  62  fe sman Sma Gene n a E On een nee ee 109  6 1 Operating elements and LEDS             cccccceseeeeeeceessseeeeeeeeaueneeeeseeeaaaeeeeessaaaneeeees 110   6 2 ALLO ces cece terse ce teh Bee tc E E 111   6 3 Connecting the MGuard Smart            cccccsccssccsseccsecesseceseeceseeesseesaeeeseeessseeseeeenes 112   6 4 PRE Daring the congu atoes a 113   6 5 Configuration in Stealth MOC           ccceccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeaeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeesaaaaeeeees 114   6 6 Establishing a local configuration connection             sssssssssrsssesrrrreresrrrrrreeserrreees 117   6 7 FREIMOLS COMI OUPAN OM ine a e E 119   6 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccsssseeeeeeeeeeeees 120   6 9 OCH MIC AN dataro a A S NAE 123   mGuard el  10   21 016  g Gaaee Nene nee nner tet Re PnP ere RE rt fy Pe Eo tre are it Se eee ME 125  7 1 Operating elements and LEDS              cccccccesseeeeeceeseseeeeeeceaaseeeeceeeaaeeeeeessaaaneeeees 126   7 2 Stal Dase e a a a e eee ee ae 127   7 3 Installing and booting the mGuard centerport            ccccccccessccesseeeseeeeeeeeneeenees 128   7 4 Preparing the CONPIQUIATION              cecccceeeececeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaeeeeeeseauneeeesseeaaeeeeeeeeaas 132
138. eted  The device is set to the delivery state     The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements for flashing    NOTE  During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware  is only loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found     The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card       All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the first parti     tion of the SD card      This partition must use a VFAT file system  standard type for SD cards     To flash the firmware from a TFTP server  a TFTP server must be installed on the locally  connected computer  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258      NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been saved on a compatible SD card        This SD card has been inserted into the device        The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com  The files must be located under the following path names in the  following folders on the SD card    Firmware install ubi mpc83xx p7s  Firmware ubifs img mpc83xx p7s             48 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    Action To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows  
139. etup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 13 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    EAGLE mGuard https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  in the  web interface under    Network  gt  gt  Interfaces  gt  gt  General      Alternatively  you can select a dif   ferent stealth configuration or use another network mode        Innominate Security Technologies 243    EAGLE mGuard    13 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via two addresses        https   192 168 1 1   see Page 245        https   1 1 1 1   see Page 245     Alternatively  an IP address can be assigned via BootP  see    Assigning the IP address via  BootP    on page 246      The mGuard can be accessed via https   192 168 1 1 if the external network interface is not  connected on startup     Computers can access the mGuard via https   1 1 1 1  if they are directly or indirectly con   nect
140. evice is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately two seconds  the Stat LED lights up green   e When the Stat LED has gone out  slowly press the Reset button again six times   If successful  the Stat LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the Err LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Router mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding address     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 69    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements Requirements for flashing    NOTE  During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware  is only loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found     The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card       All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the first parti     tion of the SD card      This partition must use a VFAT file sy
141. f the firmware is carried out by flashing  the license file pur   chased for the upgrade must also be stored here under the name licence lic   Make sure that this is the correct license file for the device  under    Management  gt  gt  Up   date    on the web interface              Tftpd32 by Ph  Jounin Ne  ol x   Curent Directory  E my Browse      Server interface  192 168 10 1    Show Dir      Tftp Server   DHCP server      Reyd DHCP Discover Msg for IP 0 0 0 0  Mac 00 00 BE 01 00 E8  26 11 09 41 19 694   DHCP  proposed address 192 168 10 200  26 11 09 41 19 694   Reyd DHCP Rast Msg for IP 0 0 0 0  Mac 00 0C BE 01 00 EB  26 11 09 41 19 704   Previously allocated address acked  26 11 09 41 19 714    Connection received from 192 168 10 200 on port 1024  26 11 09 41 19  774    Read request for file  lt install p7s gt   Mode octet  26 11 09 41 19  774     lt install p7s gt   sent 4 blks  2048 bytes in 1 s  0 blk resent  26 11 09 41 20  786    Connection received from 192 168 10 200 on port 1024  26 11 09 43 17 053    Read request for file  lt jffs2 img p7s gt   Mode octet  26 11 09 43 17 053      iffs2 img p s gt   sent 14614 blks  7482368 bytes in 11 s  0 blk resent  26 11 09 43 28 008        Current Action   lt itfs2 img  p   s gt   sent 14614 biks  7482368 bytes in 11 s  0 bik resent    Figure 14 4 Entering the host IP       258 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers    e Switch to the    TFTP 
142. fic  can be transmitted via the analog line or ISDN line connections instead of via the WAN in     terface     Innominate Security Technologies    115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 4 Preparing the configuration    12 4 1 Connection requirements        The mGuard industrial rs must be connected to at least one active power supply unit         For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     12 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 12 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard industrial rs https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to 
143. following        Mounting in a 19  industrial cabinet       Mounting of housing feet       Removing the 19  angled connector from the device       Maintenance and care    11 3 4 Starting  booting  mGuard centerport    e Press the ON OFF button    The mGuard centerport boots the firmware and is ready to operate     11 3 4 1 Boot options   when monitor and keyboard are connected    If a monitor and a keyboard are connected to the device  the following options are available       Following switch on       Following a restart       After pressing the Reset button    If the boot messages from the BIOS are initially displayed on the monitor  the  mGuard centerport boot menu is shown for a few seconds     If the boot menu is displayed for a longer period of time  preferably press one of the following  direction keys      4   lt  or  gt      GNU GRUB version 0 97  639K lower s 64446K upper memory     Boot firmware A   Boot firmware E   Check the file system s  of firmware A   Check the file system s  of firmware E   Start rescue procedure via DHCP BOOTP TFTP  start rescue procedure from CD   DUD   start rescue procedure from USE mass storage    Use the t and   keys to select which entry is highlighted   Press enter to boot the selected 0S  e    to edit the    J J    commands before booting  or c for a command line        Figure 11 5 mGuard centerport boot menu    To select and apply one of the boot options  proceed as follows   1  Select one of the displayed options with the directio
144. ghts up green   If unsuccessful  the Status LED remains unlit     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Router mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 153    m Guard delta    Objective    Possible reasons    Requirements    Action    Q  Q    8 7 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     The administrator and root password have been lost     NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer     Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv   er    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e Hold down the Reset button until the Status LED slowly becomes dark  Then  the  mGuard is in the recovery state    e Release the Reset b
145. gs    dialog box    e     If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 149    m Guard delta    Explanation     After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 8 4 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass     words during initial configuration        150 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 6 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is p
146. guration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 191    m Guard blade    10 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Te    Innominate    Reset button       Figure 10 7 Reset button    10 7 1 Performing a restart    Objective The device 
147. gure 5 5 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass     words during initial configuration        102 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the   connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer    e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port numb
148. he firewall rule records defined at  output O1 are activated or deactivated     Up to firmware version 8 0 As of firmware version 8 1    The configured VPN connection has The configured VPN connections are   been established at output O2  established at output O2 or the firewall  rule records defined at output O2 are  activated     Flashing The configured VPN connection is The configured VPN connections are   being established or aborted at output   being established or aborted at output   02  O2 or the firewall rule records defined at  output O2 are activated or deactivated     The LEDs are located in the sockets  10 100 and duplex LED     Green Ethernet status  The LEDs indicate the status of the relevant port  As soon as the  device is connected to the relevant network  a continuous light indicates that there  is a connection to the network partner in the LAN  WAN or DMZ  When data pack     LAN 1 4 Green  ets are transmitted  the LED goes out briefly     Green    Signal strength   strength Signal strength    113     111qdBm    109     89 dBm  87    67 dBm  65    51 dBm  Network reception Very poor to none   Sufficient Very good    Green   On SIM card 1 active   pe iry_ normoreemetowesond O  Green   On SIM card 2 active   eer iy normorvemecowesend OO      only mGuard rs4000 3G       115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 53    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 2 Startup    3 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personne
149. he firmware rescue procedure       Figure 3 9 Reset button    3 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the Err LED lights up      Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      68 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure  Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 3 5 Preset address    Default setting Network mode Management IP  1  mGuard rs4000 3G https   192 168 1 1        mGuard rs2000 3G https   192 168 1 1     The m Guard is reset to router mode with the fixed IP address         The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active          Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting        The current IP address of the d
150. her     36 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Mounting    Removal    115007_en_02    Q    mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 3 Installing the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 3 1 Mounting removal    NOTE  Device damage  Only mount and remove devices when the power supply is disconnected     The device is ready to operate when it is supplied  The recommended sequence for mount    ing and connection is as follows    e Mount the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch on a grounded 35 mm DIN rail according to  DIN EN 60715              Figure 2 3 Mounting the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch on a DIN rail    e Attach the top snap on foot of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch to the DIN rail and  then press the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch down towards the DIN rail until it engag   es with a click     e Remove or disconnect the connections     e Toremove the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch from the DIN rail  insert a screwdriver  horizontally in the locking slide under the housing  pull it down     without tilting the  screwdriver     and then pull up the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch     Innominate Security Technologies 37    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 3 2 Connecting to the network    NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the device network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the device        e Connect the device to the network  To do this  you need a 
151. here the sockets cannot be accessed  an ad   equate disconnecting device must be installed during installation  e g   an approved discon   nector      Sufficient air circulation must be ensured  If several mGuard centerport   devices are  stacked  one or 19  fan trays must be provided to discharge the accumulated warm air  The  control cabinets used must conform to the requirements of fire protection casings and me   chanical protection according to EN 60950 1     For information on installing the mGuard centerport     please refer to the    Quickrails instal        lation instructions    provided with the device     7 3 4 Starting  booting  the mGuard centerport     e Switch on the device by pressing the ON OFF button     e After switching on the device  the status LED lights up  green   Another LED  orange   lights up each time accessing the non volatile memory     e The device boots the firmware and is ready to operate   e The display shows status messages of the mGuard firmware     7 3 4 1 Boot options   when monitor and keyboard are connected    Ifa monitor and a keyboard are connected to the device  the following options are available       Following switch on      Following a restart    the boot messages from the BIOS are initially displayed on the monitor     130 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     If the boot menu is to be displayed  press one of the direction keys several times  T ie  or  gt      GNU GRUE version 0 97  637K lower s
152. hes for a DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   Exception  if an SD card is inserted into the  device with corresponding firmware  the rescue system is started from there    The Stat LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs form a running light   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The Stat LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes     As soon as the procedure is complete  the Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs flash green simultane   ously   e Restart the mGuard  To do so  press the Reset button     Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 65      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 71    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 9    Hardware properties  Platf
153. hnologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    9 mQGuard pci    Table 9 1 Available mGuard pci versions    HW 102050    HW 102020  BD 111020  BD 111010    The mGuard pci is a card which can be inserted into a PCI slot and operated in two  modes         In driver mode  the mGuard pci provides the computer in which the card is installed  with all mGuard functions  as well as acting as a normal network card         In Power over PCI mode  an existing network card in the computer or another com   puter network can be connected           Figure 9 1 mGuard pci    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 157    mGuard pci    9 1 Operating elements and LEDs    9 1 1 mGuard pci    LAN green  LAN red  WAN green  WAN red       Figure 9 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard pci    Table 9 2 LEDs on the mGuard pci    meos  State  Meaning OOO O  WAN  LAN Redo   Flashing Boot process  When the computer is started or restarted     Flashing System error  Restart the device   e Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds    e Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it  again   If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see    Performing a recov   ery procedure    on page 176  or contact your dealer     WAN  LAN   Green On or flash    Ethernet status  Indicates the status of the LAN or WAN interface  As soon as  ing the device is connected  a continuous light indicates that there is a connection to  the network partner     When data packets a
154. hould be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The device can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information  please  refer to software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 45    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure       Figure 2 6 Reset button    2 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press the reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the Err LED lights up      Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      46 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the device     Use the recovery procedure in case you have forgotten the IP address under which the de   vice can be accessed     The following network setting is restored     Table 2 4 Restored network setting    Network mode Management IP  1 Management IP  2    The m Guard is reset to router mode with the fixed IP address         The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only
155. ia a plug in screw terminal block  which is located on the  top of the device           Figure 3 7 Connecting the supply voltage  mGuard rs4000 3G     Table 3 3 Supply voltage mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G    ov 24v OW       The mGuard rs4000 3G has a redundant supply voltage  If you only connect one supply  voltage  you will get an error message     e Remove the plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply and the service con   tacts     e Wire the supply voltage lines of the X4 mGuard screw terminal block  Tighten the  screws on the screw terminal blocks with 0 5     0 8 Nm     e     Insert the plug in screw terminal blocks into the intended sockets on the top of the  mGuard     Status LED P1 lights up green when the supply voltage has been connected properly  On  the mGuard rs4000 3G  the status indicator P2 also lights up if there is a redundant supply  voltage connection     The mGuard boots the firmware  The Stat LED flashes green  The mGuard is ready for op   eration as soon as the Ethernet socket LEDs light up  Additionally  the P1 P2 LEDs light up  green and Stat LED flashes green at heartbeat     Redundant voltage supply  mGuard rs4000 3G     A redundant supply voltage can be connected  Both inputs are isolated  The load is not dis   tributed  With a redundant supply  the power supply unit with the higher output voltage sup   plies the mGuard rs4000 3G alone  The supply voltage is electrically isolated from the hous     ing     Innominate Security Technologies 11500
156. ial rs    Signal LED If the signal LED is OFF  this generally indicates that the defined VPN connection is not  present  Either the VPN connection was not established or it has failed due to an error     If the signal LED is illuminated  the VPN connection is present     If the signal LED is flashing  the VPN connection is being established or released     Analog line  for integrated modem     WARNING  The analog connections  TIP  RING  should only be connected to the tele   communications cable provided     The TIP and RING contacts are for connection to the fixed line telephone network  analog  connection      For the contact designations specified on the front plate  the following designations are usu   ally used in Germany     TIP a RING   b    ISDN line  with integrated ISDN terminal adapter     WARNING  The ISDN connections  TX   TX   RX   RX   should only be connected to an  ISDN S0 bus     Contacts TX   TX   RX   and RX  are designed for connection to ISDN and identify the  mGuard industrial rs as a device in the ISDN network  The table below describes the as   signment of the contacts to 8 pos  connections both for plugs and for sockets  for example  RJ45     Table 12 3 Assignment of the contacts to 8 pos  connections    TE  Guard    a o    In the case of direct connection to an ISDN NTBA  the mGuard connections must be estab   lished as follows     NTBA a1        gt  mGuard Pin 9  Rx    NTBA 22        gt  mGuard Pin 7  Tx    NTBA b1        gt  mGuard Pin 10  Rx    N
157. ie Hardwarekomponente mit einer CD    A  oder Diskette geliefert wurde  legen Sie diese  jetzt ein     IV Wechselmedien durchsuchen  Diskette  CD         7 Folgende Quelle ebenfalls durchsuchen     Drivers Print w in_2kxP v   Durchsuchen    Nicht suchen  sondern den zu installierenden Treiber selbst w  hlen    Wie m  chten Sie vorgehen        Software von einer Liste oder bestimmten Quelle  installieren  fur fortgeschrittene Benutzer     Yerwenden Sie diese Option  um einen Geratetreiber aus einer Liste zu w  hlen  Es wird  nicht garantiert  dass der von Ihnen gew  hlte Treiber der Hardware am besten entspricht     Klicken Sie auf  Weiter  um den Vorgang fortzusetzen      lt  Zuruck Abbrechen          lt  Zur  ck Abbrechen                   Assistent f  r das Suchen neuer Hardware       3 Hardwareinstallation 4    Fertigstellen des Assistenten  A Die Software  die f  r diese Hardware installiert wird     Innominate mGuardPCl   a eo  Die Software fur die folgende Hardware wurde installiert     hat den Windows Logo T est nicht bestanden  der die Kompatibilit  t mit indienne ude    Windows XP Uberpruft   Warum ist dieser Test wichtig      Das Fortsetzen der Installation dieser Software kann die korrekte  Funktion des Systems direkt oder in Zukunft beeintrachtigen   Microsoft empfiehlt strengstens  die Installation jetzt abzubrechen  und sich mit dem Hardwarehersteller fur Software  die den  Windows Logo T est bestanden hat  in Yerbindung zu setzen     Installation fortsetzen i  
158. ies 137    mGuard centerport     Action To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows     NOTE  All configured settings are deleted   The mGuard is set to the delivery state     In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are retained  after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing  procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        1  Restart boot the device     2  Assoonas the device boots  press one of the arrow keys on the keyboard several times  until the boot process is interrupted  T      lt or  gt      3  The boot menu is displayed     GNU GRUB version 0 97  637K lower s 130040K upper memory     Boot rootfsl   Boot rootfs2   Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfel   Check the file system s  of firmware on rootfs2   Start rescue procedure via DHCP BOOTP TFTP   start rescue procedure from CD z DUD  USB stick or SD Card_    Use the t and   keys to select which entry is highlighted   Press enter to boot the selected OS or    p    to enter a  password to unlock the next set of features        Figure 7 6 mGuard centerport  boot menu    4  Select one of the options to perform the rescue procedure using the arrow keys   or T   Start rescue procedure via DHCP   BOOTP TFTP  OR  Start rescue procedure from CD   DVD  USB stick or 
159. indow    Following successful transmission  the next window opens     256 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers    Step 6  Finishing IP address assignment    The window that opens informs you that address assignment has been successfully com   pleted  It gives an overview of the IP parameters that have been transmitted to the device  with the MAC address shown     To assign IP parameters for additional devices   e   Click on    Back        To exit IP address assignment   e   Click on    Finish        If required  the IP parameters set here can be changed on the mGuard web interface un   der    Network  gt  gt  Interfaces        115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 257    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers    14 2 Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the entire    network        Under Windows    Install the program provided in the download area at www innominate com     e ifthe Windows computer is connected to a network  disconnect it from the network   e Copy the firmware to an empty folder on the Windows computer    e Start the TFTPD32 EXE program     The host IP to be specified is  192 168 10 1  It must also be used as the address for the net    work card    e Click on Browse to switch to the folder where the mGuard image files are saved  in   stall p7s  jffs2 img p7s   e  fa major release upgrade o
160. is a reset key which can be used to perform a restart  The res     cue procedure and therefore the reloading of mGuard firmware is initiated via the boot  menu        Reset button    Figure 11 7 Reset button    11 8 Performing a restart    Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings     Action e Press the Reset button    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 209    mGuard centerport    Objective    Action    11 8 1 Performing a recovery procedure    The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 11 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including pass   words        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version            Application notes are available in the download area at www innominate com      Requirement  a monitor and a keyboard are connect
161. is restarted with the configured settings     Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until both red LEDs light up    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      192 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 7 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 10 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    mGuard blade controller Router f  https   192 168 1 1     The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including pass   words        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the LAN LED lights up red   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the LAN LED lights up red   If 
162. issing     The scope of supply includes          mMGuard delta       Package slip       One5V DC power supply      Two UTP Ethernet cables    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 145    mGuard delta  8 3 Connecting the mGuard delta    WARNING  The serial interface  DE 9 plug in connection  must not be connected directly  to the telecommunications connections  To connect a serial terminal or a modem  use a  serial cable with DE 9 connector     The maximum cable length of the serial cable is 30 m     ae  EREE ee o  3 2 1 D    Console 7 6 5 4 C  5  V 34       serial console Ethernet LAN Ethernet WAN Reserved Power supply    Figure 8 3 mGuard delta connections    Connecting the mGuard delta        Connect the power supply  5 V DC  3 A  to the    DC  5V  3A    socket of the  mGuard delta        Connect the local computer or the local network to one of the Ethernet LAN connections   4 to 7  of the mGuard delta using a UTP Ethernet cable  CAT5      146 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 4 Preparing the configuration    8 4 1 Connection requirements    mGuard delta        The mGuard delta must be connected to its power supply        For local configuration  The computer used for configuration       Must be connected to the LAN switch  Ethernet socket 4 to 7  of the mGuard       Or must be connected to the mGuard via the local network         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion
163. it is only used for the  power supply     The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 117      122 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Drives  Redundancy options    Power supply    Power consumption    Temperature range    Humidity range   Degree of protection  Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    Special features    115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 9 Technical data    mGuard smart     Freescale network processor  with 330 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial via USB connection  Depending on the firmware used    Via USB interface  5 V at 500 mA   Optional  external power supply unit  110 V     230 V     2 5 W  maximum    0  C      40  C  operation    20  C      60  C  storage     20      90  during operation  non condensing  IP30   27x77x115mm   131g    For mGuard v7 2 or later  Innominate recommends the use of the latest firm   ware version and patch releases in each case     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidir
164. ith FCC RF exposure limits set forth for  an uncontrolled environment  The antenna s  used for  this transmitter must be installed and operated with a  minimum separation distance of 20 cm from all persons  and must not be co located or operating in conjunction  with any other antenna or transmitter expect in accor   dance with the FCC multi transmitter policy        Innominate Security Technologies    Innominate Security Technologies    Table of contents    1   AGUArdTS4 OOO  S2000    ssas aisi nE EEEE SEE E O EREE E rR 11  1 1 Operating elements and LEDS               cccccccssseeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeceaaaaeeeeeseaaaeeeeesseaaseeeees 12  1 2 DMAMUPe nhs ted eat ec ident elec EEA E EEE E E EEE E EE 14  1 3 Installation of mGuard rS4000 rS2000          eee cece cece eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeesaaeeeeeeeeenaaeees 15  1 4 Preparing the COMMQUGAUOM sisi sosen a e E ai 20  1 5 Contig  ration im Steat MOHE ssi a 21  1 6 Establishing a local Configuration connection              ssessssssessesrrrrrrerrrrrrressrrrrrere 24  1 7 Remote c  nigiratiO Missierna e E AA 26  1 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              cccccseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 27  1 9 Technical datarie r a steel cos a Sac a ese teatsls 31  2    mGuard rs4000 rS2000 SWIC resine A bias eta ecta ee edes  33  2 1 Operating elements and LEDS  siisiccteticsarctasdititettests dickens 34  2 2 SILI o EEEE EEEE N ET E AE ET TEENA E EEEE EAE T 36  2 3 Installing the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch           cece eeeeeee ce
165. ity Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Stealth mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        a    With a configured network  interface    To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly   
166. l  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring   Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications  connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard     For connecting a modem or serial terminal to the RS 232 interface  you will need a null  modem cable not exceeding 10 m in length     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to emissions    This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interference in resi   dential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appropriate mea   sures     NOTE  Electrostatic discharge    When handling the device  observe the necessary safety precautions against electrostat   ic discharge  ESD  according to EN 61340 5 1 and IEC 61340 5 1        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature     40  C      60  C      Maximum humidity  non condensing    5      95     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     3 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         The device      Package slip        Plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply connection and
167. l Version 4  TCP IPv4  ia    Allgemein    IP Einstellungen k  nnen automatisch zugewiesen werden  wenn das  Netzwerk diese Funktion unterst  tzt  Wenden Sie sich andernfalls an  den Netzwerkadministrator  um die geeigneten IP Einstellungen zu  beziehen     IP Adresse automatisch beziehen        Folgende IP Adresse verwenden     IP Adresse  192   168  1   2  Subnetzmaske  255  255 255  0  Standardgateway  192 168  1  1l        Folgende DNS Serveradressen verwenden   Bevorzugter DNS Server     Alternativer DNS Server     Einstellungen beim Beenden   berpr  fen         Erweitert        ox   abbrechen      Figure 9 11 Internet Protocol  TCP IP  Properties             Default gateway    Once you have configured the network interface  you should be able to access the  mGuard s configuration interface with a web browser by going to the URL    https     1 1 1 17     170 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    If this is not possible  the default gateway of your computer probably cannot be accessed   In this case  your computer should be simulated as follows     Initializing the default gateway    Determine the currently valid default gateway address     Under Windows XP  carry out the steps described under    Configuring the network in   terface    on page 170 to open the    Internet Protocol  TCP IP  Properties    dialog box    If no IP address has been specified for the default gateway in this dialog box  e g   be   cause    Obtain an IP addre
168. l startup  the mGuard transmits BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  The FL MGUARD can then no longer be accessed via IP address  192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed   Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     82 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 4 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard delta  https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard
169. le 3 2 LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 3G and mGuard rs2000 3G    Green  On   Power supply 1 is active  Power supply 2 is active  mGuard rs2000 3G  not used   Flashing Heartbeat  The device is correctly connected and operating     Flashing System error  Restart the device       Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds        Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it  again   If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see Page 69  or contact  your dealer     Stat   Err Flashing alternately    Boot process  When the device has just been connected to the power supply   green and red After a few seconds  this LED changes to the heartbeat state      On  Connection via modem established    On The signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted logic   The signal output  is inactive during a restart        52 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    Table 3 2 LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 3G and mGuard rs2000 3G          Up to firmware version8 0   to Up to firmware version8 0   version 8 0 As of firmware version 8 1    The configured VPN connection has The configured VPN connections are   been established at output O1  established at output O1 or the firewall  rule records defined at output O1 are  activated     Pena    J l    Flashing The configured VPN connection is The configured VPN connections are   being established or aborted at output   being established or aborted at output   O1  O1 or t
170. les with bend protection on the plugs     Cover unused sockets with the dust protection caps provided     Some telecommunications connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be con   nected to the RJ45 sockets of the mGuard        LAN port    e Connect the local computer or the local network to the LAN port of the mGuard using a  UTP Ethernet cable  CAT5      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 219    mGuard industrial rs    If your computer is already connected to a network  patch the mGuard between  the existing network connection     firewall of the mGuard industrial rs blocks all IP data traffic from the WAN to the LAN in   terface     a   Please note that configuration can only be completed via the LAN interface and that the       WAN port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5      e Connect the external network via the WAN socket  e g   WAN  Internet   Connections  to the remote device network are established via this network      Driver installation is not required     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration        Connection options on the lower terminal block    The mGuard industrial rs is available in three versions  which can be distinguished by the  connection options on the lower terminal strip                                               Joco E QOOQ   ZOOO    P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2                         Modem   Fault Modem   Fault Modem   Fault    State   Error State   Error St
171. lock from the bottom of the mGuard industrial rs and wire the sig   nal lines and other connections as required  see    Connection options on the lower ter   minal block    on page 220      e     Tighten the screws on the screw terminal blocks with at least 0 22 Nm   Wait to insert the terminal block base     e Mount the mGuard industrial rs on a grounded 35 mm DIN rail according to  DIN EN 60715   The device conducts the grounding provided by the DIN rail through the left hand con   tact  ground connection  of the lower terminal strip   eee     es  L       Yj  gp  A    Yj  p          f    Figure 12 3 Mounting the mGuard industrial rs on a DIN rail       W       Attach the top snap on foot of the mGuard industrial rs to the DIN rail and then press   the mGuard industrial rs down towards the DIN rail until it engages with a click    Insert the wired terminal block    e Connect the supply voltage at the top of the terminal block  see    Connecting the supply  voltage    on page 219     e Make any necessary network connections at the LAN port or WAN port  see    Connect   ing to the network    on page 219      e Connect the corresponding device at the Serial port as required  see    Serial port    on  page 223      Removal e Remove or disconnect the connections     218    Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    e To remove the mGuard industrial rs from the DIN rail  insert a screwdriver horizontally  in the locking slide under the housing  pull i
172. lth configuration or use another net   work mode     Innominate Security Technologies 169    mGuard pci    9 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    Installing the PCI card    e Ifthe PCI card has not yet been installed in your computer  first proceed as described  under    Installing the hardware    on page 164     Installing the drivers    e     If you have configured the mGuard for Driver mode  make sure that the drivers are in   stalled as described under    Installing drivers    on page 165     Configuring the network interface    If the mGuard        ls operated in Driver mode and the LAN interface  network interface of the computer   has not yet been configured or        ls operated in Power over PCI mode and the network interface of the computer that  is connected to the LAN interface of the mGuard has not yet been configured   This network interface must be configured before the mGuard can be configured    Under Windows XP  proceed as follows to configure the network interface    e Click on    Start  Control Panel  Network Connections        e     Right click on the LAN adapter icon to open the context menu  In the context menu   click on    Properties        e In the    Properties of local network LAN connections    dialog box  select the    General     tab     e Under    This connection uses the following items     select    Internet Protocol  TCP IP       e Then click on    Properties    to display the following dialog box     a       Eigenschaften von Internetprotokol
173. ly short circuit proof and supply  a maximum of 250 mA     The switching inputs and switching outputs can be connected with signals from external de   vices  e g   with PLC signals  In this case  ensure the same potential as well as voltage and  current specifications are defined     Depending on the firmware version used  the service contacts can be used for various  switching or signaling tasks     Innominate Security Technologies 57    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    Input CMD 11  CMD 12    Operating a connected  push button    Operating a connected  on off switch    Signal contact  signal out   put  ACK O1  O2    Alarm output ACK O3    Operating a connected  push button    Service contacts as of firmware version 8 1    Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O     you can set whether a push button  or an on off switch has been connected to the inputs  One or more freely selectable VPN  connections or firewall rule records can be switched via the corresponding switch  A mixture  of VPN connections and firewall rule records is also possible  The web interface displays  which VPN connections and which firewall rule records are connected to this input     The push button or on off switch is used to establish and release predefined VPN connec   tions or the defined firewall rule records     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch off the sel
174. ly source via the two  mains input sockets  100   240 V AC    9  Connect the network connections   see    Connecting network connections    on  page 201   10  Optional   Connect a PC monitor to the VGA port  not supplied as standard    Connect a PC keyboard to one of the USB connections  not supplied as standard    The monitor and keyboard must only be connected      inorder to use one of the boot options upon starting  booting  mGuard centerport    see    Boot options   when monitor and keyboard are connected    on page 202       inorder to perform a rescue procedure or recovery procedure  See    Restart  recov   ery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 209  The keyboard and monitor do not need to be connected to start and operate the device   Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    11 3 2 Connecting network connections    WARNING  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations     Some telecommunications connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be con   nected to the RJ45 sockets of the mGuard        LAN port   e Connect the local computer or the local network to the LAN port of the mGuard using a  UTP Ethernet cable  CAT5     WAN port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5    e Connect the external network via the WAN socket  e g   WAN  Internet    Connections to the remote device or network are established via this network      COM1  Serial port    NOTE  The serial interface  D SUB socket  must not be connected directly to
175. mGuard         g  o     Figure 4 3 Low voltage plug of the power supply unit    The status LED PWR lights up green when the supply voltage has been connected properly   The mGuard boots the firmware  Status LED STAT flashes green     The mGuard is ready for operation as soon as the LAN WAN LEDs of the Ethernet socket  light up     Additionally  the status LED PWR lights up green and the status LED STAT flashes green  at heartbeat     78 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 4 Preparing the configuration    4 4 1 Connection requirements    mGuard delta         The mGuard delta  must be connected to its power supply         For local configuration  The computer that is to be used for configuration must be  connected to the LAN socket on the mGuard         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     4 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support S
176. mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 119    mGuard smart  smart    6 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure       Reset button ___              Located in the opening   Can be pressed with a  straightened paper clip   for example      Figure 6 5 Reset button    6 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the middle LED lights up i
177. maximum  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  25 Mbps  maximum    When using the DMZ as independent network zone  the maximum possible data  throughput is distributed to the three zones     Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central device man   agement software    13 LEDs  Power 1   2  State  Error  Signal  Fault  Modem  Info  Signal Status  SIM Sta   tus    service I O   log file   remote Syslog    mGuard rs4000 Switch m Guard rs2000 Switch    Realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    temperature sensor   mGuard Se   cure Cloud ready    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 mQGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G    115007_en_02    Table 3 1 Available mGuard rs4000 rs2000 3G versions    Available versions Order No     mGuard rs4000 4TX 3G TX VPN BD 703000  mGuard rs2000 4TX 3G VPN HW 108030    The mGuard rs4000 3G is suitable for distributed protection of production cells or individ   ual machines against manipulation        lt features a 4 port managed LAN switch and an industrial 3G mobile communication  modem for GPRS  UMTS  and CDMA networks with a download speed of up to 14 4 Mbps     The mobile communication interface can be switched to WAN interface as redundancy  path  A dedicated DMZ port with its own firewall rules enables segmentation and differenti   ated safety concepts  The GPS GLONASS receiver enables time synchronization and loca   tion services  You can integrate automation devices with serial interface
178. mote Syslog    CE   FCC   UL 508   Operating modes with without driver via PoPCI    Innominate Security Technologies 179    mGuard pci    180 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 m Guard blade    115007_en_02    Table 10 1 Available versions    mGuard blade   533 HW 104050  mGuard blade   266 HW 104020    mGuard bladebase HW 104500  mGuard bladepack   533 HW 104850  mGuard bladepack   266 HW 104820    The mGuard blade consists of the mGuard bladebase  which can be built into standard 3   U racks  19 inch  without problems and accommodate up to 12 mGuard blades and one  mGuard blade controller  This device version is therefore ideal for use in industrial applica   tions  where several server systems can be protected individually and independently of one  another        An additional serial interface enables remote configuration via a telephone dial up connec   tion or a terminal      amp      amp  C  a                  a   8  gt  a  nominate  ianominate    innominate tnominate fnnominste tmnominate ineminate lanominats inaominate innominate innominate Mmnominaie Innominate ionowioste innominate  e e  F f f F f 4 f    i                lt    4  lt   lt  4  poe Foe ES Fin Fie Fw Fu   ee E ee ee Ee Ee e  wy pe   7 ro   ws po po po     ya      Figure 10 1 mGuard blade    Innominate Security Technologies 181    m Guard blade    10 1 Operating elements and LEDs    oS    Innominate    Serial    WAN red  WAN green    LAN red  LAN green    Reset button    
179. n find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the STAT LED lights up green   e Slowly press the Reset button again six times   If successful  the STAT LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the ERR LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 87    mGuard delta     4 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements Requirements for flashing    NOTE  During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware  is only loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found     The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card       All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the first parti     tion of the SD card       This partition must use a VFAT file system  standard type for SD c
180. n keys    or Da  2  Then press the Enter button     202 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Boot options    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    Boot firmware A    Start the primary firmware version on the device  A   The default setting  it is applied if  the user does not intervene during startup     Boot firmware B    Not supported by the current firmware version     Check the file system s  of firmware A    If required  checks and repairs all firmware file systems    This menu item is only to be used in special cases when the user has the appropriate  knowledge or upon instruction from the dealer support team  The mGuard firmware  checks and repairs the file systems  if required  even during the normal startup process   The firmware uses its file systems in a highly robust manner when the mass storage de   vice cache is switched off  so that there is not usually any need for repairs     Check the file system s  of firmware B  Not supported by the current firmware version   Start rescue procedure via DHCP BootP TFTP    Start rescue procedure from CD DVD  Start rescue procedure from USB mass storage       Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 209    Innominate Security Technologies 203    mGuard centerport    11 4 Preparing the configuration    11 4 1 Connection requirements        For mGuard centerport  the two power supply units must be connected to the power  supply source to the mains   If only one power supply unit is connected 
181. n red    Alternatively  you can disconnect and insert the USB cable  as it is only used for the  power supply      120 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 6 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       Stealth httos   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients            The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active          Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting        The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under 
182. n routers 192 168 134 1   option subnet mask 255 255 255 0   option broadcast address 192 168 134 255      This example configuration provides 20 IP addresses   100 to  119   It is assumed that the  DHCP server has the address 192 168 134 1  settings for ISC DHCP 2 0    The required TFTP server is configured in the following file   etc inetd conf    e In this file  insert the corresponding line or set the necessary parameters for the TFTP  service   Directory for data   tftpboot     tftp dgram udp wait root  usr sbin in tftpd  s  tftpboot   The mGuard image files must be saved in the  tftpboot directory   install p7s  jffs2 img p7s    e     Ifa major release upgrade of the firmware is carried out by flashing  the license file pur   chased for the upgrade must also be stored here under the name licence lic     Make sure that this is the correct license file for the device  under    Management  gt  gt  Up   date    on the web interface      e Then restart the inetd process to apply the configuration changes     e When using a different mechanism  e g   xinetd  please consult the relevant documen   tation     Innominate Security Technologies 259    Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers    260 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    
183. n_02    mGuard pci  SD    Configuring the mGuard pci  SD  e     Enter the following address into the browser  https   1 1 1 1   The connection to the mGuard pci  SD is established   If not  see Section 5 5 2      A security message indicating a possible invalid not trusted certificate is displayed  This   message results from the use of an mGuard certificate from Innominate that is not yet known   to the browser but necessary for encryption of the communication    e Acknowledge this message with    Accept this certificate always temporarily     Mozilla  Firefox      Continue loading this website     Internet Explorer      Continue anyway      Google Chrome      e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed     Login to  mquard    User Name     Password        Figure 5 4 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    To configure the device  make the desired or necessary settings on the individual pages of  the mGuard web interface     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass     words during initial configuration  in the web interface under    Authentication  gt  gt  Adminis   trative Users            115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 97    mGuard pci  SD    5 5 2 Starting up the mGuard pci  SD via a temporary manage   ment IP address    If the mGuard pci  SD is connected with
184. ndancy options  Power supply  Power consumption    Humidity range    Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Virtual Private Network  VPN     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    Special features    115007_en_02    Technical data    m Guard rs4000    Freescale network processor with  330 MHz clocking    1 LAN port   1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 BaseTX  RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector  2 digital inputs and 2 digital outputs    128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash   SD card  Replaceable configuration memory    Optional  VPN   router and firewall  Voltage range 11     36 V DC  redundant  2 13 W  typical    5      95   operation  storage   non con   densing    IP20     20  C      60  C  operation    20  C      60  C  storage     130 x 45 x 114mm  up to DIN rail support   725 g  TX TX     m Guard rs4000    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    mGuard rs2000    Freescale network processor with  330 MHz clocking    1 LAN port   1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 BaseTX  RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector  2 digital inputs and 2 digital outputs    128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash   SD card  Replaceable configuration memory    Not available  Voltage range 11     36 VDC  2 13 W  typical    5      95   operation  stor
185. nder IP address 192 168 1 1        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura   tion of your computer     Under Windows 7  proceed as follows     In the Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     Click on    Properties       Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        Click on    Properties        First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     Innominate Security Technologies 205    mGuard centerport    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    11 5 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via one of the following addresses     Table 11 4 Preset addre
186. nel groups with up to three thousand simultaneously active tunnels   which all belong to the same unique public IP address     The mGuard centerport    performs secure remote services  such as remote support  remote  diagnostics  remote maintenance  and condition monitoring for a large number of machines  and systems via the Internet  An encrypted VPN data throughput of 600 Mbps is possible at  one interface     The mGuard centerport  is compatible with all mGuard field devices and the  mGuard device manager     The mGuard centerport  can be provided in three device versions  which determine the  number of simultaneously supported active VPN tunnels  mGuard centerport     mGuard centerport  VPN 250  mGuard centerport  VPN 1000  VPN licenses can be in   stalled later  if required        ES   y MG  CONFIGURATION uarqd centerport2       Figure 7 1 mGuard centerport     Innominate Security Technologies 125    mGuard centerport     7 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Front LEDs    ON OFF button       ey i Guard ce lt etport2    CONFIGURATION    AN       19  angled connector SD card slot USB ports Display 19  angled connector  Figure 7 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard centerport  front side  Table 7 2 LEDs on the mGuard centerport     LED  State  Meaning  Gren  On Lights up if the system is switched on       Orange  On Lights up while hard disk is accessed    126     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     Personnel    115007_en_02    7 2 St
187. net  10 100 1000 Base TX    WAN   LAN   SYNC   DMZ ports        ay     SYNC sex lid E DMZ a  m OOOOOOOLANOOOAOROOOOONININO  gt  u     2 x power supply mains input socket  redun  Serial interface VGA port  dant wide range AC power supply unit     100   240 V AC voltage source     Figure 7 3 mGuard centerport  back    7 3 1 Connecting the device    1  Optional  Install the device in a 19  frame industrial cabinet     Installation in a 19   frame industrial cabinet    on page 130     2  Connect the two mains input sockets to the mains or power supply source  100   240 V  AC  using a mains connecting cable    3  Connect the network connections  see    Connecting the network connections    on  page 129     4  Optional  Connect a PC monitor to the VGA port  not supplied as standard      5  Optional  Connect a PC keyboard to one of the USB connections  not supplied as stan   dard      The keyboard and monitor do not need to be connected to start and operate the device  The  monitor and keyboard must only be connected      inorder to use one of the boot options upon starting  booting  the device  see    Boot  options   when monitor and keyboard are connected    on page 130        inorder to perform a rescue procedure or recovery procedure  See    Restart  recov   ery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 136     128     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     7 3 2 Connecting the network connections    WARNING  Only connect the mGuard network 
188. nge    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Virtual Private Network  VPN     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support  Diagnostics  Other    Conformance    Special features    90 Innominate Security Technologies    Technical data    Freescale network processor  with 330 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  D SUB 9 connector    128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash  SD card  replaceable configuration memory    Optional  VPN   router   External power supply unit 12 V 0 85 A DC   100   240 V 0 4 A AC  2 13 W  typical   5      95  during operation  non condensing   IP20    0  C      40  C  operation   0  C      60  C  storage     45 x 130 x 114mm  629g    For mGuard v7 4 0 or later  Innominate recommends the use of the latest  firmware version and patch releases in each case     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet     Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  99 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  50 Mbps    IPsec  IETF standard   VPN models up to 10 tunnels   Optionally up to 250 VPN tunnels    DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256    Router mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  max  35 Mbps  Stealth mode  default firewall rules  bidirectional throughput  ma
189. nger be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1        226 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard industrial rs    12 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Stealth mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        a    With a configured network  interface    To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   w
190. ngs     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box    e     If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed   Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     206 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Explanation     115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 11 6 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administ
191. ngs  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 133    mGuard centerport     After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Always click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert   The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 7 5 Login    e Enter your user name and password which are specified for this access type     For access type    Administration     the user name and password are set by default  please  note these settings are case sensitive      UserName  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface   For additional information  please refer to software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     134 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     7 6 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by d
192. nly connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Connection notes      A free PCI slot  3 3 V or 5 V  must be available on your PC when using the  mGuard pci  SD         Donot bend connecting cables  Only use the network plug for connection to a net   work     NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions       Ambient temperature   0  C      60  C  mGuard pci  SD with battery   0  C      70  C  mGuard pci  SD without battery   Maximum humidity  non condensing   5      95     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     5 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         mGuard pci  SD      Package slip    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 93    mGuard pci  SD    5 3 Installation of mGuard pci  SD    WARNING  This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interfer   ence in residential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appro     priate measures     WARNING  Safe isolation of live circuits is only guaranteed if connected devices fulfill re   quirements specified by VDE 0106 101  safe isolation   The sup
193. nominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 3 4 Connecting the supply voltage    WARNING  The device is designed for operation with a DC voltage of  11 V DC     36 V DC SELV     Therefore  only SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to  IEC 60950 EN 60950 VDE 0805 may be connected to the supply connections and the  signal contact        The supply voltage is connected via a plug in screw terminal block  which is located on the  top of the device     mGuard rs4000 Switch P1 P2 mGuard rs2000 Switch P1   24V OV  24V0V  24 V OV  ra F wv Ed       top view       Service 1  Contact  Service 1       Mp  Wp  A   Mo     gt  Ay    g G Y G D    Figure 2 4 Connecting the supply voltage    The mGuard rs4000 Switch has a redundant supply voltage  If you only connect one supply  voltage  you will get an error message     e Remove the plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply and the service con   tacts     e Wire the supply voltage lines with the corresponding screw terminal block  P1 P2  of  the mGuard  Tighten the screws on the screw terminal blocks with 0 5     0 8 Nm     e     Insert the plug in screw terminal blocks into the intended sockets on the top of the de   vice     The P1 status LED lights up green when the supply voltage has been connected properly   On the mGuard rs4000 Switch  the P2 LED also lights up if there is a redundant supply volt   age connection     The device boots the firmware  The Stat LED flashes green  The 
194. nominate com and has been saved on the configuration computer        If your current firmware version is newer than the version by default upon delivery  a li   cense must be obtained for using this update  This applies to major release upgrades   e g   from Version 4 x y to Version 5 x y to Version 6 x y  etc         DHCP and TFTP servers can be accessed under the same IP address        To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        1  Restarting booting the mGuard centerport     2  Assoonas the mGuard centerport boot menu appears on the monitor  preferably press  one of the following direction keys      4   lt  or  gt      The boot menu then continues to be displayed     GNU GRUB version 0 97  639K lower 7 64448K upper memory     Boot firmware A   Boot firmware B   Check the file sustem s  of firmware A  Check the file system s  of firmware B  Start rescue procedure via DHCP BUOTP TFTP  Start rescue procedure from CD 7 DUD    Start rescue procedure from USB mass storage    Use the f and   keys to select which entry is highlighted     to edit the  for a command line     Press enter to boot the selected OS    e     commands before booting  or    c       Figure 11 8 mGuard centerport boot menu    Innominate Security Technologies 211    mGuard cente
195. nt IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       EAGLE mGuard httos   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 13 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    if the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 251      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 243     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   mak
196. nterfaces  Drives   Redundancy options  Power supply   Power consumption  Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    Technical data    mGuard pci  266   mGuard pci  533    Intel network processor  Optionally with 266 MHz or 533 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  internal connector   Depending on the firmware used   3 3 V or 5 V  via PCI bus   Typical  3 7 W     4 2 W   20      90  during operation  non condensing  Depending on installation type    0  C      70  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage     Low profile PCI  72g    mGuard v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   35 Mbps  PCI  256  bidirectional   70 Mbps  PCI  533  bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  2 x LAN  2 x WAN in combination for boot process  system error  Ether   net status  Recovery mode    Log File   Re
197. nts     6 2 2 Checking the scope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes          mGuard smart       Package slip    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 111    mGuard smart  smart    6 3 Connecting the mGuard smart     LAN port    Ethernet plug for direct connection to the device or network to be protected   local device or network      USB plug  For connection to the USB interface of a computer   For the power supply  default settings      The mGuard smart   not the mGuard smart  can be configured so that a se   rial console is available via the USB plug        WAN port    Socket for connection to the external network  e g   WAN  Internet   Con   nections to the remote device or network are established via this network      Use a UTP cable  CAT5                  Before  S _     Cp                                     After    ALAN canalso be    on the left   f     i pe                                                          Figure 6 3 mGuard smart   Connection in the network    If your computer is already connected to a network  insert the mGuard smart  between the  network interface of the computer  i e   its network card  and the network     Driver installation is not required     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     WARNING  This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio int
198. ogies 161    mGuard pci    For the IP configuration of the network interface of the operating system  this means that an  IP address must be assigned that differs from the internal IP address of the mGuard  by de   fault upon delivery this is 192 168 1 1       This relationship is shown in the above diagram by two black spheres      A third IP address is used for the interface of the mGuard to the WAN  It is used for connec   tion to an external network  e g   Internet      9 3 2 Power over PCl mode    Stealth mode in Power over PCI mode    Network card    192 168 1 1               1 1 1 1   gt  mGuard pci       External IP  192 168 1 1       Figure 9 5 Power over PCI mode  Stealth mode    Since the network card functions of the mGuard pci are switched off in Power over PCl  mode  no driver software is installed for it     A previously installed network card is connected to the LAN port of the mGuard pci  which  is located in the same computer or in another computer  see    Installing the hardware    on  page 164     In Stealth mode  the IP address configured for the network interface of the operating system   LAN port  is also used by the mGuard for its WAN port  This means that the mGuard does    not appear as a separate device with its own address for data traffic to and from the com   puter     In Stealth mode  PPPoE and PPTP cannot be used     162 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard pci    Router mode in Power over PCI mode    Network 
199. ogies AG    Notes on CE identification    The declarations of conformity are held here in agreement with EU directives for the relevant  authorities     Innominate Security Technologies AG  Rudower Chaussee 13   12489 Berlin   Germany   Tel   49  0 30 92 10 28 0    Innominate Security Technologies    FCC Note  The FCC Statement applies to the following devices     Class A  mGuard rs4000  mGuard rs2000  mGuard rs4000 Switch    mGuard rs2000 Switch  mGuard centerport  mGuard industrial rs  mGuard smart      mGuard smart  mGuard pci  mGuard pci  SD  mGuard delta  mGuard delta     and  EAGLE mGuard  Class B  mGuard rs4000 3G  mGuard rs2000 3G  mGuard centerport     FCC Statement    This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules  Operation is subject to the following  two conditions   1  this device may not cause harmful interference  and  2  this device must  accept any interference received  including interference that may cause undesired opera     tion     This equipment has been  tested and found to comply  with the limits for a Class A  digital device  persuant to  part 15 of the FCC Rules   These limits are designed to  provide reasonable protec   tion against harmful interfer   ence when the equipment is  operated in a commercial  environment  This equip   ment generates  uses  and  can radiate radio frequency  energy and  if not installed  and used in accordance with  the instruction manual  may  cause harmful interference  to radio communications   Operation of this e
200. onnect it again      e Then press the ON OFF button again shortly to restart the device   7 8 1 Performing a recovery procedure    The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     Use the recovery procedure in case you have forgotten the IP address under which the de   vice can be accessed     The following network setting is restored     Table 7 4 Restored network setting    Network mode Management IP  1 Management IP  2    The mGuard is reset to router mode with the fixed IP address        The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active        In addition  MAU configuration is activated for the Ethernet connections  HTTPS ac   cess is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN         The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords     NOTE  After the recovery procedure has been performed successfully  a previously cre     ated configuration profile in the mGuard should be loaded and activated again  Then the  network settings must be adapted        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be foun
201. ope of supply       Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes         The device      Package slip        Plug in screw terminal blocks for the power supply connection and inputs outputs  in   serted     14 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 3 Installation of mGuard rs4000 rs2000    1 3 1 Mounting removal    Mounting The device is ready to operate when it is supplied  The recommended sequence for mount   ing and connection is as follows   e Mount the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 on a grounded 35 mm DIN rail according to  DIN EN 60715              Figure 1 3 Mounting the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 on a DIN rail    e Attach the top snap on foot of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 to the DIN rail and then press  the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 down towards the DIN rail until it engages with a click     Removal e Remove or disconnect the connections   e Toremove the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 from the DIN rail  insert a screwdriver horizon   tally in the locking slide under the housing  pull it down     without tilting the screwdriver      and then pull up the mGuard rs4000 rs2000     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 15    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 3 2 Connecting to the network    NOTE  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommuni   cations connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45    sockets of the mGuard        Connect the mGuard to 
202. or 24 V DC   25   33       Safety Extra Low Voltage  SELV PELV  redundant inputs isolated       Max  5A  Buffer time min  10 ms at 24 V DC     Redundant power supply A redundant supply voltage can be connected  Both inputs are isolated  The load is not dis   tributed  With a redundant supply  the power supply unit with the higher output voltage sup   plies the EAGLE mGuard alone     The supply voltage is electrically isolated from the housing     Startup e Start up the EAGLE mGuard with the connection of the supply voltage via the 6 pos   terminal block     e Lock the terminal block with the lateral locking screw     240 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    Signal contact    AN WARNING  Only PELV circuits or optionally SELV circuits with voltage limitations accord        ing to EN 60950 1 may be connected to the signal contact     The signal contact monitors the EAGLE mGuard and thus enables remote diagnostics  In   terruption of the contact via the floating signal contact  relay contact  closed current circuit   indicates the following         Failure of at least one of the two supply voltages         Permanent error in the EAGLE mGuard  internal 3 3 V DC voltage  supply voltage 1 or  2  lt  9 6 V  etc           A faulty link status of at least one port  The link status message for each port can be  masked on the EAGLE mGuard via the management software     By default upon delivery  there is no connection monitoring       Error during selftest    
203. or death   There are three different categories of personal injury that are indicated by a sig   nal word     DANGER This indicates a hazardous situation which  if not avoided  will re   sult in death or serious injury     WARNING This indicates a hazardous situation which  if not avoided  could  result in death or serious injury     CAUTION This indicates a hazardous situation which  if not avoided  could  result in minor or moderate injury     This symbol together with the signal word NOTE and the accompanying text  alert the reader to a situation which may cause damage or malfunction to the de   vice  hardware software  or surrounding property     This symbol and the accompanying text provide the reader with additional infor   mation or refer to detailed sources of information      jO    General terms and conditions of use for technical documentation    Innominate reserves the right to alter  correct  and or improve the technical documentation  and the products described in the technical documentation at its own discretion and without  giving prior notice  insofar as this is reasonable for the user  The same applies to any  changes that serve the purpose of technical progress     The receipt of technical documentation  in particular user documentation  does not consti   tute any further duty on the part of Innominate to furnish information on modifications to  products and or technical documentation  You are responsible for verifying the suitability  and intended use of th
204. or remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 85    mGuard delta     4 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware   The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states        Performing a restart        Performing a recovery procedure      Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Reset button          Figure 4 5 Reset button    4 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press 
205. ork interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly   12 5 2 IP address https   1 1 1 1     In order for the mGuard to be addressed via address https   1 1 1 1   it must be connected  to a configured network interface  This is the case if it is connected in an existing network  connection and if the default gateway can be accessed via the WAN port of the mGuard at  the same time     In this case  the web browser establishes a connection to the mGuard configuration inter   face after the address https   1 1 1 1 is entered  see    Establishing a local configuration con   nection    on page 229   Continue from this point     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via IP  address 192 168 1 1    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 227    mGuard industrial rs    12 5 3 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the FL MGUARD can no longer be accessed via  IP address 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also  be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe      Notes for BootP    During initial startup  the mGuard transmits BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving 
206. orm    Network interfaces    Wireless interface    SIM interfaces  1   2   Data rate    Other interfaces  Memory    Redundancy options  Power supply    Power consumption    Humidity range    Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall     Virtual Private Network  VPN     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Data throughput  mobile     Management support    Diagnostics    72 Innominate Security Technologies    Technical data    mGuard rs4000 3G  Freescale network processor    4 LAN Ports  managed    1 DMZ port    1 WAN port    Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 BaseTX  RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    WAN I GSM I  GPRS   EDGE  UMTS    CDMA2000    1 8V13V  redundant   lt  14 4 Mbps  HSDPA     Serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector  3 digital inputs and 3 digital outputs    128 MB RAM   128 MB Flash   SD card  Replaceable configuration memory    Optional  VPN   router and firewall  Voltage range 11     36 V DC  redundant    typical  lt  200 mA  24 V DC     maximum  lt  800 mA  10 V DC     5      95   operation  storage   non con   densing    IP20     40  C      60  C  operation    40  C      70  C  storage     130 x 45 x 114 mm  up to DIN rail support   850g    mGuard rs4000 3G    mGuard rs2000 3G    Freescale network processor    4 LAN ports  unmanaged   Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 BaseTX  RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    WAN I GSM I  GP
207. out a functioning external network in initial startup  mode  the device cannot be accessed via address https   1 1 1 1      In this case  the mGuard pci  SD is accessible automatically via management IP address  192 168 1 1 24  This applies to the internal  LAN 1  and the external  WAN 1  network inter   faces  An address conflict with the external network interface is not possible as long as  WAN 1 is not connected to a functioning network  This management IP address is normally  non persistent     However  if the external network interface  WAN 1  is connected after booting the    mGuard pci  SD  the management IP address remains valid  In this case  an address  conflict with an existing address in the external network is possible        Starting up the mGuard pci  SD without external network    e Connect the internal network interface  LAN 1  of the mGuard pci  SD to the corre   sponding Ethernet network card of the configuration computer or a valid network con   nection of the internal network     e Disconnect the external network interface  WAN 1  of the mGuard pci  SD from the ex   ternal network  WAN      e Switch onthe system  The STAT LED lights up green when the supply voltage has been  connected properly     The mGuard boots the firmware  The STAT LED flashes green     Adapting the configuration computer    In order to access the mGuard pci  for configuration  the configuration computer must be  adapted to the management IP address of the mGuard pci  SD     Example
208. ove for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a recov   ery procedure    on page 47      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following   e Disable any active firewalls   e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box   e     If other LAN connections are active on the computer  deactivate them until the configu   ration has been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 43    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    Explanation    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 2 5 Login  e To login  enter 
209. ower supplies on the back of the mGuard bladebase with 100 V or  220 240 V         Switch on both power supplies       The LEDs on the front of the power supplies are now green     Installation of mGuard blade    The mGuard bladebase does not have to be switched off when installing or removing an   mGuard blade        Loosen the top and bottom screw on the faceplate or on the mGuard blade to be re   placed        Remove the faceplate or pull out the old mGuard blade         Insert the new mGuard blade and PCB into the plastic guides and push it completely  into the mGuard bladebase         Secure the mGuard blade by tightening the screws slightly         Replace the empty handling plate with the suitable number from the mGuard bladebase  accessories or replace it with the plate from the old mGuard blade  To do this  pull or  push the plate sideways     184 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard blade    Control unit  CTRL slot     The CTRL slot is located right next to the two power supplies  An mGuard blade operated  in this slot acts as the controller  control unit  for all other mGuard blade devices     During initial installation of an mGuard blade in the    CTRL    slot  the blade is reconfigured as  a control unit as follows        The user interface is reconfigured for operation as a controller          t switches to Router mode with local IP address 192 168 1 1        The firewall  CIFS integrity monitoring  and VPN functions are reset and deactivated
210. pass   words during initial configuration        Both network interfaces of the EAGLE mGuard are configured for connection on a comput   er     When connecting to a hub  please note the following   When auto negotiation is deactivated  the Auto MDIX function is also deactivated  This    means that the port of the EAGLE mGuard must either be connected to the uplink port of  the hub or connected to the hub using a cross link cable        Removal    To remove the EAGLE mGuard from the DIN rail  insert a screwdriver horizontally in the  locking slide under the housing  pull it down     without tilting the screwdriver     and then pull  up the EAGLE mGuard     242 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 4 Preparing the configuration    13 4 1 Connection requirements        The EAGLE mGuard must be connected to at least one active power supply unit       For local configuration  The computer used for configuration        Must be connected to the LAN socket of the mGuard       Orthe computer must be connected to the mGuard via the network         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     13 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial S
211. ply lines must be isolated  or laid separately to live circuits        5 3 1 Installing the hardware    NOTE  Electrostatic discharge  Before installation  touch the metal frame of the PC in which the mGuard pci  SD is to be  installed  in order to remove electrostatic discharge     The device contains components that can be damaged or destroyed by electrostatic dis   charge  When handling the device  observe the necessary safety precautions against  electrostatic discharge  ESD  according to EN 61340 5 1 and IEC 61340 5 1        mGuard pci  SD  structure    Extension connection  LEDs  Reset button  SD card        SD card slot  configuration     h A E  Battery  can be replaced   memory  i g E        Reset button l l  RJ45 socket  LAN 1  for connecting to the in     ternal network    Use a UTP cable  CAT5   The cable is not  supplied as standard     RJ45 socket  WAN 1  for connecting to the  external network Internet     Use a UTP cable  CAT5   The cable is not  supplied as standard     Figure 5 3 m Guard pci  SD structure    e     Install the mGuard pci  SD in a free PCI or PCI Express slot  Observe the notes in the  documentation for your system     94 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 4 Preparing the configuration    5 4 1 Connection requirements      For local configuration  The computer used for configuration must meet the following    requirements         The computer must be connected to the mGuard LAN connection or to 
212. ports to LAN installations     Some telecommunications connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be con   nected to the RJ45 sockets of the mGuard        LAN port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5      e Connect the LAN port of the device to the corresponding Ethernet network card of the  local configuration computer or a network connection of the local network  LAN      WAN port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5      e Connect the WAN port of the device to the external network or the Internet   Connec   tions to the remote device or network are established via this network      SYNC port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5      e Connect the SYNC port of the device to the SYNC port of a second mGuard centerport   in order to create a redundancy pair  A redundancy license for the second  mGuard centerport  must be purchased separately     DMZ port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5    e Connect the DMZ port of the device to a network connection of the local network  LAN      This network is used for communication according to the firewall rules of the demilita   rized zone  DMZ    IPMI port    e Use a UTP cable  CAT5      By default  the IPMI port is deactivated and not documented at this point  The IPMI port  functions can be activated in the BIOS setup of the motherboard  Should you have any    questions on the documentation  please contact Super Micro Computer  Inc    http   www supermicro com         Serial interface    NOTE  The serial interface  D SUB socket  must not be connected directly to
213. ption    Humidity range  Degree of protection    Temperature range  Dimensions  H x W x D     Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall   Hardware based encryption  Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    mGuard blade    10 8 Technical data    m Guard blade  266   mGuard blade  533    Intel network processor  either with 533 MHz or 266 MHz clocking    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 Base TX    RJ45   full duplex   auto MDIX    Serial RS 232  RJ11 socket  Depending on the firmware used  Via bladebase  100 V AC     240 V AC at 50 60 Hz    blade  3 W  typical  bladebase  42 W  typical    10      95  during operation  non condensing  IP20     5  C      40  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage     blade  100 x 26 x 160 mm  bladebase  133 x 483 x 235 mm  3 HU     blade  245 g   bladepack  7 7 kg    mGuard v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   35 Mbps  blade  256  bidirectional   70 Mbps  blade  533  bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  2 x LAN  2 x WAN in combination for boot process  system error  Ether   net sta
214. quipment  in a residential area is likely  to cause harmful interfer   ence in which case the user  will be required to correct the  interference at his own ex   pense     This equipment has been tested and found to comply  with the limits for a Class B digital device  pursuant to  part 15 of the FCC Rules  These limits are designed to  provide reasonable protection against harmful interfer   ence in a residential installation  This equipment gener   ates  uses  and can radiate radio frequency energy and   if not installed and used in accordance with the instruc   tions  may cause harmful interference to radio commu   nications  However  there is no guarantee that interfer   ence will not occur in a particular installation  If this  equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or  television reception  which can be determined by turn   ing the equipment off and on  the user is encouraged to  try to correct the interference by one or more of the fol   lowing measures     Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna     Increase the separation between the equipment  and receiver    Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit  different from that to which the receiver is  connected    Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV  technician for help     Changes or modifications not expressly approved by  the party responsible for compliance could void the  user   s authority to operate the equipment     FCC RF radiation Exposure Statement  This equip   ment complies w
215. r supply unit  110 V     230 V     2 5 W  maximum    0  C      40  C  operation    20  C      70  C  storage     20      90  during operation  non condensing  IP30   27x77x115mm   158 g    mGuard v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   35 Mbps  smart 256  bidirectional   70 Mbps  smart 533  bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  3 LEDs in combination for boot process  heartbeat  system error   Ethernet status  Recovery mode    Log File   Remote Syslog    CE   FCC    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     7 mGuard centerport     115007_en_02    Table 7 1 Available mGuard centerport  versions    mGuard centerport  HW 106010    mGuard centerport  VPN 250 BD 621000  mGuard centerport  VPN 1000 BD 622000       The mGuard centerport  is a high end firewall and a VPN gateway in 19  format  It is suit   able as a central network infrastructure for remote service solutions  With its Gigabit Ether   net interfaces and corresponding throughput as the router and as the stateful inspection fire   wall  the device can also be used in the backbone in industrial networks     As a gateway  the mGuard centerport    supports the VPN connection to any number of sys   tems in the VPN tun
216. rator pass     words during initial configuration        Innominate Security Technologies 207    mGuard centerport    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    11 6 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     208     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    11 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware  For mGuard centerport  there 
217. rd  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements Requirements for flashing    NOTE  During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware  is only loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found     The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card       All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the first parti     tion of the SD card       This partition must use a VFAT file system  standard type for SD cards      To flash the firmware from a TFTP server  a TFTP server must be installed on the locally  connected computer  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258      NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware is only  loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found        The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card        All necessary firmware files must be located ina common directory on the first partition  of the SD card        This partition must use a VFAT file system  standard type for SD cards         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been s
218. rd v5 0 or later  Innominate recommends firmware version 6 x or 7 x to  be used with the latest patch releases     For the scope of functions  please refer to the relevant firmware data sheet   99 Mbps bidirectional   99 Mbps bidirectional   DES   3DES   AES 128 192 256   70 Mbps bidirectional    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software   optional key switch  VPN     LEDs  P1  P2  Modem  Fault  State  Error  LAN  WAN    signal contact  SELV     service contacts     CMD  ACK    Log File   Remote Syslog    CE   FCC   UL 508    Innominate Security Technologies 235    mGuard industrial rs    236 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 EAGLE mGuard    115007_en_02    Table 13 1 Available EAGLE mGuard versions    Available versions Order No     EAGLE mGuard HW 201000  EAGLE mGuard VPN BD 301010       The EAGLE mGuard is designed for DIN rail mounting  according to DIN EN 60715  and is  therefore ideal for use in industrial applications     The optional configuration connection and option to establish a phone dial up connection  via the RS 232 interface open up a wealth of applications        Figure 13 1 EAGLE mGuard    Innominate Security Technologies 237    EAGLE mGuard    13 1 Operating elements and LEDs       Innominate  misuard    Power supply 1  P1  FAULT  Power supply 2  P2     _ ae 2      oO  19  7  7 i _  STATUS    Bes  Link status data 1  LAN  p  vad  Link status data 2  WAN  F    STATUS 
219. re nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes          MGuard pci      Package slip    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 159    mGuard pci    9 3 Installation of mGuard pci    WARNING  This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interfer   ence in residential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appro   priate measures     WARNING  Conditions of acceptability    The device is designed for installation ina PC in the secondary signal circuit and therefore  no tests have been performed  The user must evaluate any tests     The temperature of the PCB must not exceed 105  C        Driver mode    Power over PCl mode    Selection of Driver mode or Power over PCI mode    There are two operating modes  Driver mode and Power over PCl mode     e Before installing it in your PC  decide which mode will be used to operate the  mGuard pci     e The mGuard is set to the desired mode using a jumper     The mGuard pci can be used as a normal network card  This network card then also pro   vides mGuard functions     In this case  the supplied driver must be installed     If the network card functions of the mGuard are not required or should not be used  the  mGuard pci can be connected after an existing network card  on the same computer or on  another  like an mGuard stand alone device  In this operating mode  the mGuard pci actu   ally only uses the PCI slot of a computer in order to receive power and as housing  This op  
220. re nothing is missing     The scope of supply includes       EAGLE mGuard      Package slip    115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 239    EAGLE mGuard    13 3 Installation of EAGLE mGuard    AN WARNING  The housing must not be opened     WARNING  This is a Class A item of equipment  This equipment can cause radio interfer   ence in residential areas  in this case  the operator may be required to implement appro     priate measures  When installed in residential or office areas  the EAGLE mGuard may  only be operated in control cabinets with fire protection properties according to  EN 60950 1        NOTE  The shielding ground of the connected industrial twisted pair cables is electrically  connected to the front plate     Connecting the voltage supply and signal contact    Terminal block The connection of the supply voltage and the signal contact is established via a 6 pos  ter   minal block     Signal contact          24 V  P1   24 V  P2     Figure 13 3 Terminal block base    WARNING  The EAGLE mGuard is designed for SELV operation  Therefore  only PELV    circuits or optionally SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to EN 60950 1 may  be connected to the supply voltage connections and the signal contact        The EAGLE mGuard can be operated at a DC voltage of 9 6     60 V DC  max  1 A optionally  at an AC voltage of 18     30 V AC  max  1 A  Use the  24 V and 0 V pins to connect the AC  voltage     Operating voltage     NEC Class 2 power source 12 V DC 
221. re transmitted  the LED goes out briefly   Red gree   Various LED   Recovery mode  After pressing the Reset button      n    light codes See    Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 175       Green      On the mGuard pci  the Reset button is on the PCB  see    Installing the hardware    on  page 164      158 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard pci    9 2 Startup    9 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Connection notes      A free PCI slot  3 3 V or 5 V  must be available on your PC when using the  mGuard pci         Donot bend connecting cables  Only use the network plug for connection to a net   work     NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      70  C      Maximum humidity  non condensing   20      90        To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     9 2 2 Checking the scope of supply    Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensu
222. records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch off the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  ON     e To switch off the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  OFF     Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O    you can set whether certain VPN  connections or firewall rule records are monitored and displayed via the LED Info 1  out   put ACK O1  or LED Info 2  output ACK O2      If VPN connections are being monitored  an illuminated Info LED indicates that VPN con   nections are established     The O3 alarm output monitors the function of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 and therefore en   ables remote diagnostics     The Fault LED lights up red if the signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted  logic     The O3 alarm output reports the following when    Management  Service I O  Alarm output     has been activated        Failure of the redundant supply voltage       Monitoring of the link status of the Ethernet connections       Monitoring of the temperature condition       Monitoring of the connection state of the internal modem    Innominate Security Technologies 17    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    Operating a connected  push button    Operating a connected  on off switch    INFO LED  
223. rface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     64 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via the following address     Table 3 4 Preset address    Default setting Network mod
224. rocedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action    e Slowly press the Reset button six times    After approximately 2 seconds  the STAT LED lights up green   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times    If successful  the STAT LED lights up green    If unsuccessful  the ERR LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     28 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements Requirements for flashing    NOTE  During flashing  the firmware is always loaded from an SD card first  The firmware  is only loaded from a TFTP server if no SD card is found     The following requirements apply when loading the firmware from an SD card       All necessary firmware files must be located in a common directory on the fi
225. rport    212 Innominate Security Technologies    3  Then select one of the options to perform the rescue procedure with the arrow keys       or  Start rescue procedure via DHCP BootP TFTP  OR   Start rescue procedure from CD DVD   OR   Start rescue procedure from USB mass storage  To apply the selection  press the Enter key    The options include     Start rescue procedure via DHCP BootP TFTP    Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the TFTP server  The names of  the downloaded files correspond to those used from the other models of the mGuard  family  with the following exceptions        _ install p7s   gt  install x86_64 p7s        jffs2 img p7s   gt  firmware img x86_64 p7s   In the case of the file install x86_64  07s  ensure that the file version that Innominate has  declared for use for the rescue procedure via TF TP is used     Start rescue procedure from CD DVDs    Requirement  The firmware of the mGuard has been previously burnt to CD   see  below under    Burning mGuard firmware to CD ROM    on page 212    Effect  The mGuard downloads all necessary files from the inserted CD    With this in mind  while the boot menu is displayed and before applying this selection   insert the CD with the mGuard firmware into the CD drive     For security reasons  the mGuard centerport does not boot from the CD      Start rescue procedure from USB mass storage    Requirement  The firmware of the mGuard has been previously copied to a USB stor   age medium  USB stick  
226. rs EA ate E EEA E ET TAA 159  9 3 Installation of mGUard pClt sisser iena ins en ea EE 160  9 4 Preparing the configuratlON eretenrt i k 169  9 5 Configuration in Stealth MOdGE            ccccseecceccsseeececeeseeeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeeesaeeeesneeeeeessaess 170  9 6 Establishing a local configuration connection              ssssssssssseesrrrrrresrrrrrressrrrrenee 172  9 7 Remote conig  rati  r ssis25c2c5 cssasteessasuastendscasaceasacagezesbeciaceden diate Cestuntesacadeeresaniense  174  9 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware               ccccsesseeeeeeeeeeees 175  9 9 Technical CAVA raveict  det edawtdana tae iteuascineasanieavdantea i a N 179  TO ag IU Es 190 ie  F200    epemmemenere teremertrser acts tee veteran a A ee eee ee ean eee 181  10 1 Operating elements and LEDS             ec ccceceeeeeeeceeeteeeeeeeeaeaaaeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeseaaaees 182  gy Age     g 10   0 fe oemmeeery etme eer a Ue eee ee coer ents se fader ee eee Ne 183  10 3   Installation MGUard Bladene seiscs cence enna e teaeneborieeiys 184  10 4 Preparing the CONFIQUIATION              cc cceee cece cece a eeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaaaaeeeeeesaeeeeeeeeeaaaeees 187  10 5 Establishing a local configuration CONNECTION             ceceeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 189  10 6   FREIMOLS COMM OUNATION  coe  soci sett ccrtct ccs astecet haste sade bts ecteencns areauniastaxtaceh hese 191  10 7 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              c cccccsseeeeeeeeeeeees 192  10 8  
227. rs4000  See Section 2 3 4    Not used  Notused   Signal out    Signal out   put        put          A push button or an on off switch  e g   key switch  can be connected between service  contacts CMD V  and CMD     The contacts ACK     and FAULT     are non floating  continuously short circuit proof  and supply a maximum of 250 mA     The switching inputs and switching outputs can be connected with signals from external de   vices  e g   with signals from PLCs  In this case  ensure the same potential as well as voltage  and current specifications are defined     Depending on the firmware version used  the service contacts can be used for various  switching or signaling tasks     115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 39    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    Input CMD 11  CMD 12    Operating a connected  push button    Operating a connected  on off switch    Signal contact  signal out   put  ACK O1  O2    Alarm output ACK O3    Service contacts as of firmware version 8 1    Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O     you can set whether a push button  or an on off switch has been connected to the inputs  One or more freely selectable VPN  connections or firewall rule records can be switched via the corresponding switch  A mixture  of VPN connections and firewall rule records is also possible  The web interface displays  which VPN connections and which firewall rule records are connected to this input     The push button or on off switch is used to establi
228. rst parti     tion of the SD card      This partition must use a VFAT file system  standard type for SD cards      To flash the firmware from a TFTP server  a TFTP server must be installed on the locally  connected computer  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been saved on a compatible SD card        This SD card has been inserted into the mGuard        The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com  The files must be located under the following path names or in  the following folders on the SD card    Firmware install ubi mpc83xx p7s  Firmware ubifs img mpc83xx p7s          115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 29    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    Action    To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        30 Innominate Security Technologies    Hold down the Reset button until the STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs light up green  Then   the mGuard is in the recovery state    Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state    If 
229. s been completed     Under the Windows menu    Start  Settings  Control Panel  Network Connections    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 229    mGuard industrial rs    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation  As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed     Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 12 10 Login  e To log in  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass     words during initial configuration        230 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    m Guard industrial rs    12 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configura
230. s into networks  as  a COM server is integrated     For software independent remote maintenance  the mGuard rs4000 3G can be used as a  VPN router for up to 250 parallel   Psec encrypted VPN tunnels     The mGuard rs2000 3G is a version with basic firewall and can be used as a VPN client for  up to two parallel   Psec encrypted VPN tunnels  It is suitable for secure remote mainte   nance applications at locations without wired networks and enables global connection of  distributed machines and controllers     Both versions support a replaceable configuration memory in the form of an SD card  To in   crease safety  VPN connections can be switched on or off via switch contact  SMS or soft   ware interface  The fanless metal housing is mounted on a DIN rail                    Figure 3 1 mGuard rs4000 3G mGuard rs2000 3G    Innominate Security Technologies 51    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    3 1 Operating elements and LEDs                 Reset button 3 ia  For plug in screw terminal    LEDs  see Table 3 2 blocks  assignment  refer to  WAN port Page 57 and Page 62   DMZ port   LAN port  protected    LAN port  protected                LAN port  LAN port  protected     protected   RS 232 interface    O  g CN  Slot for SIM       Slot for optional SD card    LEDs  see Table 3 2  card 1       Slot for SIM      card 2    Figure 3 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard rs4000 3G    Antenna sockets        SMA  mobile communi   cation       RSMA  GPS     OD  O  we                   Tab
231. secure remote services  remote diagnostics  re   mote configuration   The device is designed for standard DIN rail mounting and is therefore  ideal for use in industrial applications     The VPN tunnels can be initiated using software or hardware switches  A redundant supply  voltage can be connected  9 V DC     36 V DC      8   r  Modem   Fault  State   Error    a  LAN   WAN       Figure 12 1 mGuard industrial rs    Innominate Security Technologies 215    mGuard industrial rs    12 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Supply voltage 1 Supply voltage 2  see Section 12 2              Startup           DDL             Power supply 1  P1     Pi  P2    Power supply 2  P2   Modem _   _ gal    jal RS    State   Error  UZ LAN   WAN Fault  State    Serial Error  LAN WAN  Reset button qj    Located in the opening  Can be ig LAN WAN  pressed with a straightened paper  clip  for example  Service re Terminal block for the signal contact  button     ae ee and optional ISDN or telephone connection     see Section 12 2     Startup        See    Restart  recovery procedure   and flashing the firmware    on  page 232         lt _                Figure 12 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard industrial rs    Table 12 2 LEDs on the mGuard industrial rs    Power supply 1 is active  Power supply 2 is active  Connection via modem established  On The signal contact is open due to an error  see    Signal contact    on page 222    m  The signal contact is interrupted during a restart    g    Green
232. ses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       Stealth https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  see  Page 117   Alternatively  you can select a different stealth configuration or use another net   work mode     Innominate Security Technologies 113    mGuard smart  smart    6 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via two addresses        https   192 168 1 1   see Page 115        https   1 1 1 1   see Page 115     Alternatively  an IP address can be assigned via BootP  see    Assigning the IP address via  BootP    on page 116      The mGuard can be accessed via https   192 168 1 1 if the external network interface is not  connected on startup     Computers can access the mGuard via https   1 1 1 1  if they are directly or indirectly con   nected to the LAN port of the mGuard  For this purpose  the mGuard with LAN port and  WAN port must be integrated in an operational network in which the default gateway can be  accessed via the WAN port     After access via IP address 192 168 1 1 and successful login  IP address  192 168 1 1 is set as a fixed management IP address     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1 or after IP address assignment via BootP  the  product can no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1        114 Innominate Secur
233. sh and release predefined VPN connec   tions or the defined firewall rule records     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch off the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  press and hold the  push button for a few seconds and then release the push button     e To switch on the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  ON     e To switch off the selected VPN connections or firewall rule records  set the switch to  OFF     Via the web interface under    Management  Service I O    you can set whether certain VPN  connections or firewall rule records are monitored and displayed via the LED Info 1  out   put ACK O1  or LED Info 2  output ACK 02      If VPN connections are being monitored  an illuminated Info LED indicates that VPN con   nections are established     The O3 alarm output monitors the function of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 and therefore en   ables remote diagnostics     The Fault LED lights up red if the signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted  logic     The O3 alarm output reports the following when    Management  Service I O  Alarm output     has been activated        Failure of the redundant supply voltage       Monitoring of the link status of the Ethernet connections       Monitoring of the temperature condition       Monitoring of the connection state of the internal modem    40 In
234. sons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements for flashing    NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer     Requirements    Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv     er    on page 258      NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     If the mGuard is operated in Power over PCI mode  the DHCP TFTP server must be  connected via the LAN socket of the mGuard    If the mGuard is operated in PCI Driver mode  the DHCP TFTP server must be oper   ated on the computer or operating system that the interface provides for the mGuard        115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 177    mGuard pci    Action    NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e     Hold down the Reset button until the green LEDs and the red LAN LED light up  Then   the mGuard is in the recovery state    e Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   The red LAN LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is load
235. ss automatically    has been activated   then enter the IP ad   dress manually    To do so  first select    Use the following IP address     then enter the following addresses   for example     IP address  192 168 1 2 Do not under any circumstances assign  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0 an address such as 1 1 1 2 to the config   Default gateway  192 168 1 1 uration computer     In DOS  Start  Programs  Accessories  Command Prompt   enter the following    arp  s  lt IP address of the default gateway gt  00 aa aa aa aa aa   Example    You have determined or specified the address of the default gateway as  192 168 1 1   The command should then be    arp  s 192 168 1 1 00 aa aa aa aa aa   To proceed with the configuration  establish the configuration connection  see    Estab   lishing a local configuration connection    on page 172     After configuration  reset the default gateway  To do this  either restart the configuration  computer or enter the following command in DOS    arp  d    Depending on the configuration of the mGuard  it may then be necessary to adapt the net   work interface of the locally connected computer or network accordingly     Innominate Security Technologies 171    mGuard pci    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is not displayed    9 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter 
236. ss via IP address 1 1 1 1 or after IP address assignment via BootP  the  product can no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1        Innominate Security Technologies 21    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    a    a    With a configured network  interface    a    1 5 1 IP address 192 168 1 1    In Stealth mode  the mGuard can be accessed via the LAN interface via IP address  192 168 1 1 within network 192 168 1 0 24  if one of the following conditions applies         The mGuard is in the delivery state         The mGuard was reset to the default settings via the web interface and restarted         The rescue procedure  flashing of the mGuard  or the recovery procedure has been  performed        To access the configuration interface  it may be necessary to adapt the network configura    tion of your computer    Under Windows 7  proceed as follows    e Inthe Control Panel  open the    Network and Sharing Center       e Click on    LAN connection      The    LAN connection    item is only displayed if a connection  exists from the LAN interface on the computer to a mGuard in operation or another part   ner     e Click on    Properties       e Select the menu item    Internet protocol Version 4  TCP IPv4        e Click on    Properties        e First select    Use the following IP address    under    Internet Protocol Version 4 Proper   ties     then enter the following address  for example     IP address  192 168 1 2  Subnet mask  255 255 255 0  Default gateway  192 168 1 1    Depen
237. ssccceccesseeeceeeeeecceaeeeeceeeeeenscaaeees 258  10 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 mQGuard rs4000 rs2000    115007_en_02    Table 1 1 Available mGuard rs4000 rs2000 versions    mGuard rs4000 TX TX HW 107010    mGuard rs4000 TX TX VPN BD 701000  mGuard rs2000 TX TX VPN HW 108010    The mGuard rs4000 is a security router with intelligent firewall and optional IPsec VPN  10  to 250 tunnels   It has been designed for use in industry to accommodate strict distributed  security and high availability requirements     The mGuard rs2000 is a version with basic firewall and integrated IPsec VPN  maximum  of two tunnels   Its scope of functions is reduced to the essentials  It is suitable for secure  remote maintenance applications in industry and enables the quick startup of robust field  devices for industrial use  thereby facilitating error free  independent operation        Both versions support a replaceable configuration memory in the form of an SD card   The  SD cards are not supplied as standard   The fanless metal housing is mounted on a DIN rail     The following connectivity options are available    mGuard rs4000   LAN WAN  mGuard rs2000   LAN WAN   TX TX Ethernet Ethernet TX TX VPN Ethernet Ethernet   VPN  TX TX VPN Ethernet Ethernet   VPN       Figure 1 1 mGuard rs4000 mGuard rs2000    Innominate Security Technologies 11    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Reset button     _     amp     fi ff For plug
238. sses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       Proceed as follows   e Start a web browser     e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult     In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 11 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 210      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 204     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following setti
239. stablishing a local configuration CONNECTION              eceeceeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 229    115007_en_02    Innominate Security Technologies 9    127  SIRAGIMOLS CONMOUPATION 222 n58cscasecetee estates Aca ackicanedddssait Saas dact dental dedueeteaadeteeeane  231  12 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              c  ccccsseeeeeeeeeeeees 232  129  Techmcaldata tacttencacecanete A hereto eaten eee eens eae 235  TS EA  W gg Wh  0 ameter cress eee noone ti tee Seen en COOP ee Pee PO ae ee eee 237  13 1 Operating elements and LEDS             cece ceeeeceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeeessaaaaeeeeeeesanaees 238  T32   LUI eaa n ela gee e whe le eet ile Net a ee ecceee 239  13 3  instalation O EAGLE mGUard  srastao een eee 240  13 4 Preparing the configuration              ssseseeennesseeerrrrrenrrtntrtesrrttntnnrrtnntnnnnnnnrennernneeee 243  13 5  Config  r  tionin Stealth Mode  icsi aa ia 244  13 6 Establishing a local configuration connection              sssssssssssseerrrrrsesrerrrreserrrnneee 247  T37 JREMOIECONNGULAUON  sonsa a a erie 249  13 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmWware              c cccccssseeeeeeeeeeees 250  T9   WOCHIMIG A OAL ee a EA 253  14 Assigning IP addresses and setting up DHCP TFTP servers                ccseececeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeesaaees 255  14 1 Assigning the IP address using IPAssign exe         ssnennsseennsnnennsnnennrsennnrerrnnreernnee 255  14 2 Installing the DHCP and TFTP server                c c
240. stem  standard type for SD cards      To flash the firmware from a TFTP server  a TFTP server must be installed on the locally  connected computer  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP server    on page 258      NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network         The mGuard firmware has been obtained from your dealer s support team or the  www innominate com website and has been saved on a compatible SD card        This SD card has been inserted into the mGuard        The relevant firmware files are available for download from the download page of  www innominate com  The files must be located under the following path names or in  the following folders on the SD card    Firmware install ubi mpc83xx p7s  Firmware ubifs img mpc83xx p7s             70 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    Action To flash the firmware or to perform the rescue procedure  proceed as follows     NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing    procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by  the manufacturer        e     Hold down the Reset button until the Stat  Mod  and Sig LEDs light up green  Then  the  mGuard is in the recovery state    e Release the Reset button within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the rescue system  It searc
241. suitable UTP cable  CAT5   which is not included in the scope of supply   e Connect the internal network interface LAN of the device to the corresponding Ethernet    network card of the configuration computer or a valid network connection of the internal  network  LAN      38 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    2 3 3     j O    mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    Connecting the service contacts    NOTE  Do not connect the voltage and ground outputs to an external voltage source     The plug in screw terminal blocks of the service contacts may be removed or inserted dur   ing operation of the device     The mGuard rs4000 rs2000 Switch has three digital inputs and outputs  These are config     ured in the web interface  e g   as a control signal for starting and stopping VPN connec   tions     The digital inputs and outputs are connected as follows     CMD    Switching  input 11      36 V DC    CMD V   Voltage out   put        Supply volt   age    N        Q        gt   i  o  ep     1 Maximum of 250 mA at 11     36 VDC    Service 2    Service 1    Ground out     put        Supply volt     age          mGuard rs4000 Switch       top view    Contact      2 sr os  v e   cy    Short cir   cuit proof  switching  output      2 11 V    36 V when operating correctly  disconnected in the event of a fault          P1      GND    See Section 2 3 4    Service 2    Service 1                top view       Contact    FFF          mGuard rs2000 Switch    CARRER  Che    Only for mGuard 
242. t displayed    115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 6 Establishing a local configuration connection    The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the configuration com   puter     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard can be accessed via the following address     Table 5 4 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard pci  SD https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     Proceed as follows    e Start a web browser    e Make sure that the browser  when it is started  does not automatically establish a con   nection as otherwise the connection establishment to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult    In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 5 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 105    
243. t down     without tilting the screwdriver     and  then pull up the mGuard industrial rs     12 3 2 Connecting the supply voltage    WARNING  The mGuard industrial rs is designed for operation with a DC voltage of  9 V DC    36 V DC SELV  0 5 A  maximum     Therefore  only SELV circuits with voltage limitations according to EN 60950 1 may be  connected to the supply connections and the signal contact        The supply voltage is connected via a terminal block with screw locking  which is located on  the top of the device     Supply voltage  P1 P2     24V  0V  24V  OV       Figure 12 4 Supply voltage    Supply voltage        NEC Class 2 power source 12 V DC or 24 V DC         25       33  Safety Extra Low Voltage  SELV PELV  redundant inputs isolated     5A maximum       Buffer time 10 ms  minimum at 24 V DC    Redundant power supply    A redundant supply voltage can be connected  Both inputs are isolated  The load is not dis   tributed  With a redundant supply  the power supply unit with the higher output voltage sup   plies the mGuard industrial rs alone  The supply voltage is electrically isolated from the  housing     If the supply voltage is not redundant  the mGuard industrial rs indicates the failure of the  supply voltage via the signal contact  This message can be prevented by feeding the supply  voltage via both inputs     12 3 3 Connecting to the network    WARNING  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations   When connecting to the network  use cab
244. t to the mGuard may be more diffi   cult     In Internet Explorer  make the following settings   e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab   e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection        e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 8 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    If the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 153      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 147     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settin
245. tandard        Start up the device via temporary management IP address      Start up device via BootP    5 5 1 Start up the device in Stealth mode  standard   Insert the mGuard pci  SD between an existing network connection     To connect to the LAN and WAN interfaces  a suitable UTP cable  CAT5  is required  The  cables are not supplied as standard     e Connect the internal network interface  LAN 1  of the mGuard pci  SD to the corre   sponding Ethernet network card of the configuration computer or a valid network con   nection of the internal network     e Connect the external network interface  WAN 1  of the mGuard pci  SD to the external  network  e g   Internet     The STAT status LED lights up green when the supply voltage has been connected prop   erly     The mGuard boots the firmware  The STAT status LED flashes green during this time     The mGuard is ready for operation as soon as the lower Ethernet socket LEDs light up  In  addition  the STAT status LED flashes green at heartbeat     If the lower LEDs in the Ethernet sockets do not light up  this indicates a missing connec        tion to the internal or external network  If no LED lights up  the supply voltage is missing     The mGuard is configured via a web browser that is executed on the locally connected com   puter     Q NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      The mGuard is preset and can be accessed via address https   1 1 1 1     96 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_e
246. tched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting        The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the STATUS LED lights up yellow   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the STATUS LED lights up yellow   If unsuccessful  the FAULT LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 251    EAGLE mGuard    13 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after
247. the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  in the  web interface under    Network  gt  gt  Interfaces  gt  gt  General      Alternatively  you can select a dif   ferent stealth configuration or use another network mode     If inconsistencies are no longer detected  a message appears indicating that a valid IP ad   dress has been set     e     Click on    Next        Innominate Security Technologies 225    mGuard industrial rs    12 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    On initial startup  the mGuard can be accessed via two addresses        https   192 168 1 1   see page 227        https   1 1 1 1   see page 227     Alternatively  an IP address can be assigned via BootP  see    Assigning the IP address via  BootP    on page 228      The mGuard can be accessed via https   192 168 1 1 if the external network interface is not  connected on startup     Computers can access the mGuard via https   1 1 1 1  if they are directly or indirectly con   nected to the LAN port of the mGuard  For this purpose  the mGuard with LAN port and  WAN port must be integrated in an operational network in which the default gateway can be  accessed via the WAN port     After access via IP address 192 168 1 1 and successful login  IP address  192 168 1 1 is set as a fixed management IP address     After access via IP address 1 1 1 1 or after IP address assignment via BootP  the FL  MGUARD can no lo
248. the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the ERR LED lights up      Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      86 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta     4 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 4 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard delta  https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients            The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active          Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN          The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords    Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting        The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You ca
249. the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted    The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address    The STAT LED flashes    The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed    The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation    The STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs form a running light    The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted    This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The STAT LED is lit continuously    The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes     As soon as the procedure is complete  the STAT  MOD  and SIG LEDs flash green simulta   neously     Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 24      115007_en_02    1 9    Hardware properties    Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces  Memory    Redu
250. the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the middle LED lights up green   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the middle LED lights up green   If unsuccessful  the middle LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Stealth mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 121    mGuard smart  smart    6 8 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements  NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer     Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv   er    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     Action    NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing 
251. the mGuard  via the local network         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura     tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     5 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 5 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       mGuard pci  SD https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  see  Page 101   Alternatively  you can select a different stealth configuration or use another net   work mode     Innominate Security Technologies 95    mGuard pci  SD    5 5 Configuration in Stealth mode    The mGuard pci  SD can be started up in three different ways       Start up the device in Stealth mode  s
252. the mGuard as described in    Configuring the mGuard pci  SD    on page 97     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 99    mGuard pci  SD    a    5 5 4 Assigning the IP address via BootP    After assigning an IP address via BootP  the product can no longer be accessed via IP ad   dress 192 168 1 1    For IP address assignment  the mGuard uses the BootP protocol  The IP address can also  be assigned via BootP  On the Internet  numerous BootP servers are available  You can use  any of these programs for address assignment     Section 14 1 explains IP address assignment using the free Windows software     IP Assignment Tool     IPAssign exe    Notes for BootP    During initial startup  the mGuard transmits BootP requests without interruption until it re   ceives a valid IP address  After receiving a valid IP address  the mGuard no longer sends  BootP requests  The product can then no longer be accessed via IP address 192 168 1 1     After receiving a BootP reply  the mGuard no longer sends BootP requests  not even after  ithas been restarted  For the mGuard to send BootP requests again  it must either be set to  the default settings or one of the procedures  recovery or flash  must be performed   Requirements    The mGuard is connected to a computer using a Microsoft Windows operating system     100 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Web based administrator    interface    If you have forgotten the  configured address    If the administrator web  page is no
253. the network  To do this  you need a suitable UTP cable  CAT5   which is not included in the scope of supply   Connect the internal network interface LAN 1 of the mGuard to the corresponding    Ethernet network card of the configuration computer or a valid network connection of  the internal network  LAN      1 3 3 Service contacts    NOTE  Do not connect the voltage and ground outputs  GND  CMD V   to an external  voltage source     Please note that only the    Service 1    contacts are used with firmware version up to and    including 7 6x  The    Service 2    contacts shall be made available as of firmware version  8 1     The plug in screw terminal blocks of the service contacts may be removed or inserted dur   ing operation of the mGuard        e  fH        Service 2  Service 2       top view top view       Contact  Contact    Service 1  Service 1       f    P cS      c  vw    mGuard rs4000 i mGuard rs2000       P1   pav fov   e  o    See Section 1 3 4 Only for mGuard rs4000  See Section 1 3 4    CMD V  CMD    Voltage out    Switching Ground out    Short cir   put     input 11    put     cuit proof    _  36 VDC    switching  Supply volt Supply volt outp  t      age age    N        Q      gt   So  Q  ep     Example Example           Not used  Notused   Signal out    Signal out   put     put              Maximum of 250 mA at 11     36 VDC    t 11 V    36 V when operating correctly  disconnected in the event of a fault    A push button or an on off switch  e g   key switch  
254. the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The device can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information  please  refer to software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     44 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 Switch    2 7 Remote configuration    The device must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   By default upon delivery  the option for remote configuration is disabled     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the device via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the device from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the device can be accessed externally over  the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the device can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     lf a different port number is used  it s
255. tion option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the mGuard via its web user interface from a remote computer  establish the  connection to the mGuard from there    Proceed as follows    e Start the web browser on the remote computer     e Under address  enter the IP address where the mGuard can be accessed externally  over the Internet or WAN  together with the port number  if required      If the mGuard can be accessed over the Internet  for example  via address  https   123 45 67 89  and port number 443 has been specified for remote access  the fol   lowing address must be entered in the web browser of the remote peer   https   123 45 67 89     If a different port number is used  it should be entered after the IP address  e g    https   123 45 67 89 442     The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     Innominate Security Technologies 231    mGuard industrial rs    12 8 Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firm   ware    The Reset button is used to set the device to one of the following states       Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure       Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    OODD      Pi Pe       Modem   Fault    State   Error    LAN   WAN           mGuard industrial RS    Reset button    Located in the opening  Can be WAN  pressed with a straightened paper  clip  for example  Service Analog         
256. tions         e Toestablish the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the INFO  LED flashes  Only then release the button   Flashing indicates that the mGuard has received the command to establish the VPN  connection and is establishing the VPN connection  As soon as the VPN connection is  established  the INFO LED remains lit continuously    e Torelease the VPN connection  hold down the button for a few seconds until the signal  output flashes or goes out  Only then release the button     58 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Operating a connected  on off switch    INFO LED    Signal contact  signal out   put     115007_en_02    m Guard rs4000 rs2000 3G    As soon as the INFO LED goes out  the VPN connection is released     e To establish the VPN connection  set the switch to the ON position   e To release the VPN connection  set the switch to the OFF position     If the INFO LED does not light up  this generally indicates that the defined VPN connection  is not present  Either the VPN connection was not established or it has failed due to an error     If the INFO LED is illuminated  the VPN connection is present   If the INFO LED is flashing  the VPN connection is being established or released     The signal contact monitors the function of the mGuard rs4000 rs2000 and thus enables re   mote diagnostics     The FAULT LED lights up red if the signal output takes low level due to an error  inverted  logic     The voltage at the signal cont
257. tions    or     Network and Dial up Connections     right click on the corresponding icon and select     Disable    in the context menu     Innominate Security Technologies 117    mGuard smart  smart    After successful connection establishment  Once a connection has been established successfully  a security alert may be displayed     Explanation  As administrative tasks can only be performed using encrypted access  a self signed certif   icate is supplied with the device     e Click    Yes    to acknowledge the security alert     The login window is displayed        Login to  mguard    User Name     Password        Figure 6 4 Login    e To login  enter the preset user name and password  please note these settings are  case sensitive      User Name  admin    Password  mGuard    The mGuard can then be configured via the web interface  For additional information   please refer to the software reference manual     For security reasons  we recommend you change the default root and administrator pass   words during initial configuration     118 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    Requirement    How to proceed    Example    Configuration    115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 7 Remote configuration    The mGuard must be configured so that remote configuration is permitted   The option for remote configuration is disabled by default     Switch on the remote configuration option in the web interface under    Management  gt  gt  Web  Settings        To configure the 
258. tus  Recovery mode    Log File   Remote Syslog    CE   FCC    Innominate Security Technologies 195    m Guard blade    196     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard centerport    11 mGuard centerport    115007_en_02    Table 11 1 Available mGuard centerport versionsf    mGuard centerport HW 106000    mGuard centerport VPN 250 BD 601000  mGuard centerport VPN 1000 BD 602000       The mGuard centerport is a high end firewall and a VPN gateway in 19  format  It is suit   able as a central network infrastructure for remote service solutions  With its Gigabit Ether   net interfaces and corresponding throughput as the router and as the stateful inspection fire   wall  the device can also be used in the backbone in industrial networks     As a gateway  the mGuard centerport supports the VPN connection to any number of sys   tems in the VPN tunnel groups with up to a thousand simultaneous tunnels  which all belong  to the same unique public IP address     The mGuard centerport performs secure remote services  such as remote support  remote  diagnostics  remote maintenance  and condition monitoring for a large number of machines  and systems via the Internet  An encrypted VPN data throughput of 600 Mbps is possible to  one interface     The mGuard centerport is compatible with all mGuard VPN field devices and the  mGuard device manager     The mGuard centerport can be provided in three device versions  which determine the num   ber of simultaneously supported active 
259. unsuccessful  the WAN LED lights up red     If successful  the device restarts after two seconds and switches to Router mode  The de   vice can then be reached again under the corresponding addresses     115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 193    m Guard blade    10 7 3 Flashing the firmware rescue procedure    Objective The entire firmware of the mGuard should be reloaded on the device       All configured settings are deleted  The mGuard is set to the delivery state         In Version 5 0 0 or later of the mGuard  the licenses installed on the mGuard are re   tained after flashing the firmware  Therefore  they do not have to be installed again     Possible reasons The administrator and root password have been lost     Requirements Requirements for flashing    NOTE  To flash the firmware  a DHCP and TFTP server or a BootP and TFTP server must  be installed on the locally connected computer   Install the DHCP and TFTP server  if necessary  see    Installing the DHCP and TFTP serv   er    on page 258         NOTE  Installing a second DHCP server in a network could affect the configuration of the  entire network     Action    NOTE  Do not interrupt the power supply to the mGuard during any stage of the flashing  procedure  Otherwise  the device could be damaged and may have to be reactivated by    the manufacturer        e     Hold down the Reset button until the green LEDs and the red LAN LED light up  Then   the mGuard is in the recovery state    e Release the Reset
260. ure 8 1 mGuard delta    Innominate Security Technologies 143    mGuard delta    8 1 Operating elements and LEDs    5 6    Innominate r 0 a    mG   amp uard Power Status     LAN SWITCH         Current Status Reserved Ethernet WAN Ethernet LAN  Figure 8 2 Operating elements and LEDs on the mGuard delta    Table 8 2 LEDs on the mGuard delta     LED  State  Means S  Ca The power supply is active     On  The  The mGuard starts  starts   2o The pemesan is ready    Flash  flash  pause  etc        Reserved    oe O o  A T  CAN        144   Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 2 Startup    8 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      40  C    Maximum humidity  non condensing   5      95     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat  sources        Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     8 2 2 Checking the scope of supply    Before startup  check the scope of supply to ensure nothing is m
261. ured settings   Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the ERR LED lights up      Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      115007_en_02 Innominate Security Technologies 27    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    Objective    1 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 1 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    mGuard rs4000 https   1 1 1 1  httos   192 168 1 1   mGuard rs2000 https   1 1 1 1  httos   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients           The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active         Inaddition  MAU management is switched on for Ethernet connections  HTTPS access  is enabled via the local Ethernet connection  LAN         The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including  passwords        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in Router or PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing p
262. uter used for configuration must meet the following  requirements         mQGuard in Driver mode  The mGuard pci driver must be installed on the comput   er        mQGuard in Power over PCI mode  The computer must be connected to the LAN  connection of the mGuard or to the mGuard via the local network         For remote configuration  The mGuard must be configured so that remote configura   tion is permitted         The mGuard must be connected  i e   the required connections must be working     9 4 2 Local configuration on startup  EIS     As of firmware version 7 2  initial startup of mGuard products provided in Stealth mode is  considerably easier  From this version onwards  the EIS  Easy Initial Setup  procedure en   ables startup to be performed via preset or user defined management addresses without  actually having to connect to an external network     The mGuard is configured using a web browser on the computer used for configuration     NOTE  The web browser used must support SSL encryption  i e   HTTPS      According to the default setting  the mGuard can be accessed via the following addresses     Table 9 3 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       https   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is preset to the    multiple Clients    stealth configuration  You need to configure  a management IP address and default gateway if you want to use VPN connections  see  page 172   Alternatively  you can select a different stea
263. utton within a second of entering the recovery state   If the Reset button is not released  the mGuard is restarted   The mGuard now starts the recovery system  It searches fora DHCP server via the LAN  interface in order to obtain an IP address   The Status LED flashes   The    install p7s    file is loaded from the TFTP server or SD card  It contains the electron   ically signed control procedure for the installation process  Only files that are signed are  executed   The control procedure deletes the current contents of the Flash memory and prepares  for a new firmware installation   The Status LED flashes faster   The    jffs2 img p7s    firmware file is downloaded from the TFTP server or SD card and  written to the Flash memory  This file contains the actual mGuard operating system and  is signed electronically  Only files signed by Innominate are accepted   This process takes around 3 to 5 minutes  The Status LED is lit continuously   The new firmware is extracted and configured  This procedure takes 1 to 3 minutes    e As soon as the procedure is complete  the Status LED flashes once a second    e Restart the mGuard  To do this  briefly press the Reset button    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      The mGuard is in the delivery state  You can now configure it again  see    Establishing a  local configuration connection    on page 149      154     Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    8 8    Hardware properties    Platform
264. ve The device is restarted with the configured settings   Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the Status LED stops flashing      Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      152 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard delta    8 7 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 8 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode    mGuard delta Router      nttps  192 168 1 4     The settings configured for VPN connections and the firewall are retained  including pass   words        Possible reasons for performing the recovery procedure        The mGuard is in PPPoE mode        The configured device address of the mGuard differs from the default setting       The current IP address of the device is not known     Up to date information on the recovery and flashing procedure can be found in the appli   cation note for your mGuard firmware version     You can find application notes under the following Internet address   www innominate com           Action e Slowly press the Reset button six times   After approximately 2 seconds  the Status LED lights up green   e Press the Reset button slowly again six times   If successful  the Status LED li
265. vice is correctly connected and operating     Flashing   System error  Restart the device   e Press the Reset button  for 1 5 seconds      e Alternatively  briefly disconnect the device power supply and then connect it again     If the error is still present  start the recovery procedure  see    Performing a recovery pro   cedure    on page 121  or contact your dealer     Green O WAN  connection to the network partner is present  Flashing   WAN  data transmission is active    Various LED light Recovery mode  After pressing the Reset button   codes See    Restart  recovery procedure  and flashing the firmware    on page 120        110 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    mGuard smart  smart    6 2 Startup    6 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature   0  C      40  C      Maximum humidity  non condensing  20      90     To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solve
266. vice to one of the following states   Performing a restart       Performing a recovery procedure   Flashing the firmware rescue procedure       Innominate  misuard    Power supply 1  P1  FAULT  o oO CG Oo 0 CG  Power supply 2  P2  j i R 7 E    a qOr    Serial V 24    mm OG  Link status data 2  WAN  p R        eae      STATUS   STATUS       Ethernet LAN    Reset button    USB    Ethernet WAN    24 D  _         Ground connection    Figure 13 7 Reset button    Serial V 24    13 8 1 Performing a restart  Objective The device is restarted with the configured settings     Action e Press the Reset button for around 1 5 seconds until the middle LED lights up in red    Alternatively  disconnect the power supply and then connect it again      250 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    EAGLE mGuard    13 8 2 Performing a recovery procedure    Objective The network configuration  but not the rest of the configuration  is to be reset to the delivery  state  as it is no longer possible to access the mGuard     When performing the recovery procedure  the default settings are established     Table 13 5 Preset addresses    Default setting Management IP  1   Management IP  2  mode       EAGLE mGuard httos   1 1 1 1  https   192 168 1 1     The mGuard is reset to Stealth mode with the default setting    multiple Clients            The CIFS integrity monitoring function is also disabled because this only works when  the management IP is active          Inaddition  MAU management is swi
267. ware version 8 0  the configured VPN connection is being established or  aborted    As of firmware version 8 1  the configured VPN connections are being established or  aborted or the defined firewall rule records are activated or deactivated     The LAN WAN LEDs are located in the LAN WAN sockets  10 100 and duplex LED     Ethernet status  Indicates the status of the LAN or WAN port  As soon as the device  is connected to the relevant network  a continuous light indicates that there is a con   nection to the network partner in the LAN or WAN  When data packets are transmit   ted  the LED goes out briefly        Innominate Security Technologies 13    m Guard rs4000 rs2000    1 2 Startup    1 2 1 Safety notes    To ensure correct operation and the safety of the environment and of personnel  the  mGuard must be installed  operated  and maintained correctly     NOTE  Risk of material damage due to incorrect wiring  Only connect the mGuard network ports to LAN installations  Some telecommunications    connections also use RJ45 sockets  these must not be connected to the RJ45 sockets of  the mGuard        General notes regarding usage    NOTE  Select suitable ambient conditions      Ambient temperature    20  C      60  C        Maximum humidity  non condensing  5      95   To avoid overheating  do not expose the mGuard to direct sunlight or other heat sources     Q NOTE  Cleaning  Clean the device housing with a soft cloth  Do not use aggressive solvents     1 2 2 Checking the sc
268. ww  innominate com        Burn the content of this zip archive as a data CD DVD  The following files must be located  in the following folders under the following path names on the CD DVD          Firmware install x86_64 p7s         Firmware firmware img x86_64 p7s    140 Innominate Security Technologies 115007_en_02    7 9    Hardware properties  Platform    Network interfaces    Other interfaces    Drives   Redundancy options  Power supply   Power consumption    Humidity range    Degree of protection    Temperature range    Dimensions  H x W x D   Weight    Firmware and power values    Firmware compatibility    Data throughput  router   firewall     Hardware based encryption    Encrypted VPN throughput  AES 256     Management support    Diagnostics    Other    Conformance    115007_en_02    mGuard centerport     Technical data    Multi core x86 processor architecture    1 LAN port  1 WAN port  1 SYNC port  1 DMZ port  Ethernet IEEE 802 3 10 100 1000 Base TX    RJ45   full half duplex   auto MDIX    VGA console   serial RS 232   D SUB 9 connector   6 x USB    1 HDD   1 SD card   Optional VPN license   router and firewall   2x 100 VAC    240 V AC  300 W at 50 60 Hz  redundant  Dependent on the expansion stage    20      90  during operation  non condensing  10      90  out of service    Front IP20   0  C      45  C  operation     20  C      70  C  storage    44 mm x 447 mm x 458 mm  1 HU x 19  x 18 5    9 kg    mGuard v8 1 2 or later   Innominate recommends using the latest p
269. x  25 Mbps    Web GUI  HTTPS    command line interface  SSH    SNMP v1 2 3   central  device management software    LEDs  Power  State  Error  Signal  Fault  Info    log file   remote syslog    CE   FCC    Realtime clock   Trusted Platform Module  TPM    temperature sensor    mGuard Remote Services Portal ready    115007_en_02    mGuard pci  SD    5 mGuard pci  SD    115007_en_02    Table 5 1 Available mGuard pci  SD versions    HW 102061  HW 102071    mGuard pci  SD VPN BD 111040  mGuard pcie  SD VPN BD 111060    The mGuard pci  SD has the design of a PCl compatible plug in board  It is available in two  versions         mGuard pci  SD for devices or machines with PCI bus      mGuard pcie  SD for devices or machines with PCI Express bus       To aid understanding  mGuard pci  SD is used for the two device versions in this user man   ual     The mGuard pci  SD is suitable for distributed protection of industrial and panel PCs  indi   vidual machines or industrial robots  It has a configuration memory in the form of a replace   able SD card  which can be easily accessed on the front        Figure 5 1 mGuard pci  SD    Innominate Security Technologies 91    mGuard pci  SD    5 1 Operating elements and LEDs    Extension connection  LEDs  Reset button  SD card           SD card slot  configuration    Battery  can be replaced   memory     Reset button STAT LED   RJ45 socket  LAN 1  for LAN 1 LED  connecting to the internal LAN 2 LED  EUAN WAN 1 LED  WAN 1 LED    RJ45 socket  WAN 1
270. y be more diffi   cult        In Internet Explorer  make the following settings    e Inthe    Tools    menu  select    Internet Options    and click on the    Connections    tab    e Under    Dial up and Virtual Private Network settings     select    Never dial a connection       e Enter the address of the mGuard completely into the address line of the web browser   refer to Table 1 4      You access the administrator website of the mGuard   If the administrator web page of the mGuard cannot be accessed    lf the address of the mGuard in Router  PPPoE or PPTP mode has been set to a different   value  and the current address is not known  the mGuard must be reset to the default set   tings specified above for the IP address using the Recovery procedure  see    Performing a  recovery procedure    on page 28      If the web browser repeatedly reports that the page cannot be displayed  try the following    e Check whether the default gateway of the connected configuration computer is initial   ized  see    Local configuration on startup  EIS     on page 20     e Disable any active firewalls    e Make sure that the browser does not use a proxy server   In Internet Explorer  Version 8   make the following settings     Tools    menu     Internet  Options        Connections    tab   Click on    Properties    under    LAN settings      Check that    Use a proxy server for your LAN     under    Proxy server     is not activated in  the    Local Area Network  LAN  Settings    dialog box
    
Download Pdf Manuals
 
 
    
Related Search
    
Related Contents
10.1.jugement-diapas.. - Association des procureurs municipaux du  Diamond Multimedia Radeon 9800 Series User's Manual  South Shore Furniture 3379261 Instructions / Assembly  descargar  Best Practices for Crash Modeling and Simulation    Installations- und Bedienungsanleitung  Brake    Copyright © All rights reserved. 
   Failed to retrieve file